MAP-01-010 HFI Management Guide - Human Factors Integration ...
MAP-01-010 HFI Management Guide - Human Factors Integration ...
MAP-01-010 HFI Management Guide - Human Factors Integration ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF HER BRITANNIC MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT<br />
MARITIME ACQUISITION PUBLICATION No <strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong><br />
(formerly STGP 10)<br />
ISSUE: 4<br />
November 2006<br />
Copyright: This work is Crown copyright and the intellectual property rights of this publication<br />
belong exclusively to the Ministry of Defence. However, material or information contained in this<br />
publication can be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form provided it<br />
is used in for the purposes of furthering <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>.<br />
© Crown Copyright 2006<br />
Sponsored by: Sea Systems Group<br />
TES-SSG-ShipDes<br />
Defence Procurement Agency,<br />
Mod Abbey Wood, Bristol, BS34 8JH<br />
tes-ssg-cshf@dpa.mod.uk<br />
Telephone <strong>01</strong>17 913 5066<br />
Nov 2006 Page i Issue 4
MARITIME ACQUISITION PUBLICATION NO <strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0<br />
HUMAN FACTORS INTEGRATION (<strong>HFI</strong>) MANAGEMENT GUIDE<br />
(FORMERLY STGP 10)<br />
CONTENTS<br />
1 <strong>HFI</strong> Within Naval Capability Acquisition.......................................................................1-1<br />
2 <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms .................................................................................2-1<br />
3 Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> Process...........................................................................................3-1<br />
4 The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)................................................................4-1<br />
Annex<br />
A1 Glossary...............................................................................................................Annex 1<br />
A2 Contact Details.....................................................................................................Annex 2<br />
A3 References...........................................................................................................Annex 3<br />
Nov 2006 Page i Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) has been shown to be a key factor in the<br />
continued drive to improve military capability, overall cost effectiveness and<br />
safety. The guidance contained in the <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (<strong>MAP</strong> <strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0)<br />
and the <strong>HFI</strong> Technical <strong>Guide</strong> (<strong>MAP</strong> <strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1) has been distilled from the<br />
experience gained over at least a decade of ship and equipment development<br />
and construction. Consequently they represent the best currently available<br />
practice in <strong>HFI</strong>. IPTs and supporting contractors will find these publications of<br />
considerable value in ensuring the appropriate application of <strong>HFI</strong> to their Project<br />
and in providing the necessary assurance that their efforts are being effectively<br />
applied. With allowance for variations in terminology and applicability and the<br />
overall policy lead given by the TES <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Group, these guides have<br />
also been found useful in the Land and Air domains.<br />
Any enquiries regarding this publication in relation to an invitation to tender or a<br />
contract in which it is incorporated are to be addressed to the responsible<br />
technical or supervising authority named in the invitation to tender or contract. In<br />
other cases, the publication sponsor is to be contacted where there are concerns<br />
regarding the application of this publication, particularly issues associated with<br />
specific ship types.<br />
Compliance with this Maritime Acquisition Publication shall not in itself relieve any<br />
person from any legal obligations imposed upon them.<br />
This publication has been devised solely for the use of the Ministry of Defence<br />
(MOD) and its contractors in the execution of contracts for the MOD. To the<br />
extent permitted by law, the MOD hereby excludes all liability whatsoever and<br />
howsoever arising (including, but without limitation, liability resulting from<br />
negligence) for any loss or damage however caused when the standard is used<br />
for any other purpose.<br />
Comments on the content and scope are to be forwarded to the sponsor.<br />
Nov 2006 Page ii Issue 4
Abbreviations<br />
2SL<br />
ADAS<br />
ADQUAL<br />
ALARP<br />
AMS<br />
ANEP<br />
ARM<br />
BOI<br />
BR<br />
BSI<br />
CADMID<br />
CALS<br />
CBS<br />
CCII<br />
CINC<br />
CM<br />
COEIA<br />
CO<br />
COTS<br />
CSA<br />
CSHF<br />
CWG<br />
DCDS<br />
DEC<br />
DG<br />
DLO<br />
DLOD<br />
DME<br />
DNM<br />
DNPS<br />
DPA<br />
DSAT<br />
DStan<br />
Dstl<br />
EAC<br />
ECC<br />
EENA<br />
EER<br />
EHFA<br />
ES<br />
FAT<br />
FBG<br />
FLEET NPS<br />
FOTR<br />
GFA<br />
HAZOP<br />
HCI<br />
2nd Sea Lord<br />
Assistant Director Acquisition Support (no longer extant)<br />
Additional Qualification<br />
As Low As is Reasonably Practicable<br />
Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System<br />
Allied Naval Engineering Publication<br />
Availability Reliability & Maintainability<br />
Balance of Investment<br />
Book of Reference<br />
British Standards Institute<br />
Concept, Assessment, Demonstration, Manufacture, In-Service,<br />
Disposal<br />
Continuous Acquisition and Life-cycle Support<br />
Chemical Biological Sciences<br />
Command & Control Information Infrastructure<br />
Commander In Chief<br />
Capability Managers<br />
Combined Operational Effectiveness and Investment Appraisal<br />
Commanding Officer<br />
Commercial-off-the-Shelf<br />
Customer Supplier Agreement<br />
Combat Systems <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Capability Working Group<br />
Deputy Chief Of the Defence Staff<br />
Directorate of Equipment Capability<br />
Director General<br />
Defence Logistics Organisation<br />
Defence Lines of Development<br />
Director Marine Engineering<br />
Directorate of Naval Manning (No longer extant)<br />
Directorate of Naval Personnel Strategy<br />
Defence Procurement Agency<br />
Defence Systems Approach to Training<br />
Defence Standard<br />
Defence Sciences and Technology Laboratory<br />
Equipment Approval Committee<br />
Equipment Capability Customer<br />
Escape and Evacuation Naval Authority<br />
Escape, Evacuation and Recovery<br />
Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis<br />
Ergonomics Society<br />
Factory Acceptance Testing<br />
Future Business Group<br />
CINCFLEET Naval Personnel Strategy<br />
Flag Officer Training & Recruitment<br />
Government Furnished Assets (includes GFE)<br />
Hazards and Operability (Analysis)<br />
<strong>Human</strong> Computer Interface<br />
Nov 2006 Page iii Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
HF<br />
HFG<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>HFI</strong>L<br />
<strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
HFSG<br />
HFWG<br />
HM<br />
HMI<br />
HMS<br />
HQ<br />
HUM<br />
IA<br />
IAB<br />
ILS<br />
ILSP<br />
IMO<br />
INM<br />
IPT<br />
IRC<br />
ISD<br />
ISO<br />
ISOP<br />
ISTAR<br />
ITEA<br />
ITEAP<br />
ITN<br />
ITT<br />
JCB<br />
JDCC<br />
JSP<br />
JWP<br />
KIP<br />
KUR<br />
LOD<br />
LSA<br />
LSAR<br />
<strong>MAP</strong><br />
MAS<br />
MDG (N)<br />
MLS<br />
MLS CG<br />
MMI<br />
MoD<br />
MOE<br />
MSM<br />
NATO<br />
NEC<br />
NE<strong>HFI</strong>LG<br />
NPS<br />
NRTA<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Group<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong><br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Steering Group<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Working Group<br />
Her Majesty's<br />
<strong>Human</strong> Machine Interface<br />
Her Majesty's Ship<br />
Headquarters<br />
Health & Usage Monitoring<br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Authority<br />
Investment Appraisal Board<br />
Integrated Logistics Support<br />
Integrated Logistics Support Plan<br />
International Maritime Organisation<br />
Institute of Naval Medicine<br />
Integrated Project Team<br />
International Research Collaboration<br />
In Service Date<br />
International Standards Organisation<br />
Invitation to Submit Outline Proposal<br />
Intelligence Surveillance Target Acquisition & Reconnaissance<br />
Integrated Test Evaluation and Acceptance<br />
Integrated Test Evaluation and Acceptance Plan<br />
Invitation to Negotiate<br />
Invitation to Tender<br />
Joint Capability Board<br />
Joint Doctrines and Concepts Centre<br />
Joint Service Publication<br />
Joint Warfare Publication<br />
Key <strong>Integration</strong> Parameter<br />
Key User Requirement<br />
Line of Development (see DLOD)<br />
Logistic Support Analysis<br />
Logistics Support Analysis Record<br />
Maritime Acquisition Publication<br />
Military Agency for Standardisation<br />
Medical Director General (Navy)<br />
Marine Electrical Systems<br />
Marine Electrical Systems Controls Group (was WSA-MLS5)<br />
Man Machine Interface<br />
Ministry of Defence<br />
Measures of Effectiveness<br />
Maritime System Maturity<br />
North Atlantic Treaty Organisation<br />
Network Enabled Capability<br />
Naval Equipment <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Liaison Group<br />
Naval Personnel Strategy<br />
Naval Recruiting and Training Agency<br />
Nov 2006 Page iv Issue 4
OPS<br />
PCO<br />
PCOC<br />
PCOC-IMT<br />
PDF<br />
PDG/STS<br />
PERT<br />
PIAR<br />
PIAR-IMT<br />
PJT<br />
PMP<br />
PMS<br />
POC<br />
POL<br />
PPE<br />
PPO<br />
PR&A<br />
PRA<br />
PRM<br />
PS<br />
PSMP<br />
PSTAD<br />
R&T<br />
RAF<br />
RBB<br />
RM<br />
RN<br />
RN ICG<br />
RNGTAD<br />
RNSETT<br />
RNSMS<br />
RSI<br />
SAG<br />
SAT<br />
SML<br />
SoC<br />
SoW<br />
SP(Pol)<br />
SR(S)<br />
SRD<br />
SRL<br />
SSA<br />
SSE<br />
SSG<br />
SSMO<br />
SSP<br />
ST(S)<br />
STG<br />
STGP 10<br />
STGP 11<br />
Operational Performance Statement<br />
Prime Contracting Organisation<br />
People Component of Operational Capability<br />
PCOC Information <strong>Management</strong> Tool<br />
Portable Document Format<br />
Standards Programme <strong>Management</strong> (DStan)<br />
Programme Evaluation and Research Technique<br />
Personnel, Influences, Assumptions and Requirements<br />
PIAR Information <strong>Management</strong> Tool<br />
Pre Joining Training<br />
Project <strong>Management</strong> Plan<br />
Platform <strong>Management</strong> Systems<br />
Point Of Contact<br />
Petroleum, Oils and Lubricants<br />
Personal Protective Equipment<br />
Principal Personnel Officer<br />
Project Review and Assurance<br />
Process Risk Assessment<br />
Programme Responsibility Matrix<br />
Physical Sciences<br />
Project Safety <strong>Management</strong> Plan<br />
Project Specific Target Audience Description<br />
Research and Technology<br />
Royal Air Force<br />
Research Building Block<br />
Royal Marines<br />
Royal Navy<br />
RN Intelligent Customer Group (was RNSETT)<br />
Royal Navy Generic Target Audience Description<br />
RN School of Education & Training Technology (now RN ICG)<br />
Royal Navy Submarine School<br />
Repetitive Strain Injury<br />
Supportability Assurance Group<br />
Systems Approach to Training<br />
System Maturity Level (Maritime)<br />
Scheme of Complement<br />
Statement of Work<br />
Service Personnel Policy<br />
Staff Requirement for Sea Systems (superseded by SRD and<br />
URD)<br />
System Requirement Document<br />
System Readiness Level<br />
Ship Support Agency (subsumed into DLO)<br />
Support Solutions Envelope<br />
Sea Systems Group (was STG)<br />
Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong> Office<br />
Single Service Projects<br />
Staff Target for Sea Systems (superseded by URD and SRD)<br />
Sea Technology Group (now SSG)<br />
Sea Technology Group Publication 10 (now <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0)<br />
Sea Technology Group Publication 11 (now <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1)<br />
Nov 2006 Page v Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
STGSS<br />
STR<br />
STS<br />
TAD<br />
TCOC<br />
TES<br />
TES-SSG<br />
TLM<br />
TLMP<br />
TNA<br />
TO<br />
TPS<br />
TRL<br />
TTCP<br />
UK<br />
URD<br />
WBS<br />
WLS<br />
WSA<br />
Sea Technology Group Surface Ships (now TES-SSG-Ship)<br />
Statement of Technical Requirements<br />
Statement of Technical Specification<br />
Target Audience Description<br />
Technology Component of Operational Capability<br />
Technical Enabling Services<br />
TES Sea Systems Group (formerly STG)<br />
Through Life <strong>Management</strong><br />
Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan<br />
Training Needs Analysis<br />
Team Organisation<br />
Training Performance Specification<br />
Technology Readiness Level<br />
The Technical Co-operation Panel<br />
United Kingdom<br />
User Requirement Document<br />
Work Breakdown Structure<br />
Whole Life Support<br />
Warship Support Agency (subsumed into DLO)<br />
Nov 2006 Page vi Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 TOC_23.doc
CHAPTER 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> WITHIN NAVAL CAPABILITY ACQUISITION<br />
CONTENTS<br />
1.1 Introduction to the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) <strong>Guide</strong>s .......................................1-3<br />
1.1.1 MoD <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Policy ................................................1-5<br />
1.1.2 Introduction to the <strong>Guide</strong>s and Use by Project Role .............................1-7<br />
1.1.3 Objectives of the <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0) ....................1-8<br />
1.1.4 Objectives of the <strong>HFI</strong> Technical <strong>Guide</strong> (<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1)..........................1-9<br />
1.1.5 The On-Line <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>s.......................................................................1-9<br />
1.1.6 Supporting Documentation ...................................................................1-9<br />
1.1.7 Sources of Advice...............................................................................1-10<br />
1.2 <strong>HFI</strong> in Naval Procurement ................................................................................1-12<br />
1.2.1 Definition of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) .......................................................1-12<br />
1.2.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Domains.......................................................................................1-12<br />
1.2.3 <strong>HFI</strong> in Naval Projects – Objectives .....................................................1-14<br />
1.2.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas for Naval Systems .............................................1-15<br />
1.2.5 Relationship between <strong>HFI</strong> Domains, <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>1 Chapters ......................................................................................1-16<br />
1.3 Detailed <strong>HFI</strong> Domain Issues .............................................................................1-18<br />
1.3.1 Manpower <strong>HFI</strong> Issues.........................................................................1-18<br />
1.3.2 Personnel <strong>HFI</strong> Issues..........................................................................1-19<br />
1.3.3 Training <strong>HFI</strong> Issues.............................................................................1-20<br />
1.3.4 <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering <strong>HFI</strong> Issues .............................................1-22<br />
1.3.4.1 Compartment, Workspace and Workstation Specification and<br />
Design ..............................................................................1-22<br />
1.3.4.2 Layout of Operational, Accommodation and Transit Areas,<br />
Escape Routes, and Equipment.......................................1-23<br />
1.3.4.3 Environment in Normal & Abnormal Working Conditions 1-23<br />
1.3.4.4 User-Equipment Interfaces and HF Style <strong>Guide</strong>s ............1-24<br />
1.3.4.5 User Input to Equipment Interface Design .......................1-25<br />
1.3.4.6 Use of Automation............................................................1-25<br />
1.3.4.7 System <strong>Integration</strong> <strong>HFI</strong> Issues .........................................1-25<br />
1.3.5 System Safety <strong>HFI</strong> Issues...................................................................1-25<br />
1.3.6 Health Hazard Assessment <strong>HFI</strong> Issues ..............................................1-27<br />
1.3.7 Organisational and Social <strong>HFI</strong> Issues.................................................1-28<br />
1.3.8 <strong>HFI</strong> Trade-Offs....................................................................................1-28<br />
1.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to Project Outputs..................................................................1-29<br />
1.4.1 Overview of the <strong>HFI</strong> Inputs .................................................................1-29<br />
1.4.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to Plans....................................................................1-30<br />
1.4.2.1 Types of Plans..................................................................1-30<br />
1.4.2.2 <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) ...........................1-31<br />
1.4.3 Integrated Test, Evaluation & Acceptance Plan (ITEAP)....................1-31<br />
1.4.3.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to the ITEAP through the Procurement<br />
Cycle ................................................................................1-31<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
1.4.3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Content of the ITEAP.................................................1-31<br />
1.4.4 Through Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP).............................................1-33<br />
1.4.4.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Activities ....................................................................1-33<br />
1.4.4.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Content of TLMP .......................................................1-33<br />
1.5 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to Agreements .......................................................................1-34<br />
1.5.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Relationships.....................................................................1-34<br />
1.5.2 Contracts and Invitations to Tender (ITTs) .........................................1-34<br />
1.5.3 Customer Supplier Agreements (CSAs) .............................................1-35<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-2 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
1.1 Introduction to the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>)<br />
<strong>Guide</strong>s<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) is the systematic application of relevant information about<br />
human capabilities, limitations, characteristics, behaviour and motivation to the<br />
design of products and systems, the procedures people use and the environment<br />
in which they use them. The term covers all biomedical and psychosocial<br />
considerations. This information serves as the basis for making design<br />
recommendations and for predicting the probable effects of various design<br />
alternatives. In addition, HF involves the evaluation of things that have been<br />
designed to ensure that they satisfy their intended objectives.<br />
In terms of military capability, whether a product will achieve its required level of<br />
operational effectiveness in the field depends not only on the technical<br />
performance of the hardware and the software that make up the system but the<br />
capabilities and limitations of the people who will operate and support it. Failure<br />
to address the people who are part of the system and the environment in which it<br />
will be operated can lead to an overall system that fails to achieve the expected<br />
levels of operational effectiveness or safety. Unless identified and addressed at<br />
early phases of procurement, solving problems in design is likely to be high cost<br />
and require:<br />
• Product redesign or modification<br />
• Increases in manpower numbers or a need for personnel with a higher<br />
level of skill<br />
• Additional training time or resources<br />
To address these problems MOD has established the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong><br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>) programme, which is reviewed as part of the Project Review and Assurance<br />
(PR&A) process for each project. The programme consists of a systematic<br />
process for identifying, tracking and resolving human related issues ensuring a<br />
balanced development of both technological and human aspects of capability,<br />
together with supporting tools and techniques. A fundamental concept within <strong>HFI</strong><br />
is that people are an important part of the system and that system integration is<br />
key to achieving operational effectiveness. The <strong>HFI</strong> process is described in this<br />
document (ie <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 ‘<strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)’) and, with more<br />
detail, in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 ‘<strong>HFI</strong> Technical <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 11)‘ [Ref 1].<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> should also be seen as an integral part of the Systems Engineering<br />
approach. The systems concept is central to the implementation of <strong>HFI</strong> and the<br />
overall goal of both HF and <strong>HFI</strong> is to design an optimal system consisting of<br />
operator, equipment and the environment in which they operate.<br />
In order to provide flexibility of approach to IPTs, there is no, single, mandatory<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> process specified within DPA AMS guidance. However, formal HF input may<br />
be required to mandatory MoD processes, such as Safety Case development.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> guidance promulgated within <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 should be<br />
regarded as model processes and activities, representing current best practice.<br />
The need to undertake specific <strong>HFI</strong> activities, e.g. task analysis, and the extent to<br />
which such activities are required, should be decided on a project-by-project<br />
basis, with appropriate input from HF Specialists and stakeholders. There is no<br />
suggestion that all the activities detailed within the <strong>Guide</strong>s are always<br />
necessary or justified. However, in order to provide accountability, the<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
model process identified in the <strong>Guide</strong>s should be used as a reference norm,<br />
with any departures from that norm being documented and justified in<br />
appropriate project documentation. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus should therefore use the<br />
model process as a checklist, and fully justify any project-specific 'opt-outs'. Key<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities are also considered during the Maritime System Maturity (MSM)<br />
Project Review and Assurance (PR&A) process.<br />
Experience from a range of MoD acquisition projects, and also from many other<br />
large-scale industrial procurement programmes, shows very clearly that the<br />
timing of <strong>HFI</strong> activities and resulting outputs is a critical factor in successful<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>. A classic problem is the <strong>HFI</strong> input is "Too Little, Too<br />
Late". The active involvement of <strong>HFI</strong> staff (<strong>HFI</strong> Focus and <strong>HFI</strong> professionals) in<br />
the early phases of a project is an essential requirement whilst key project<br />
decisions are being made. If <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> input is delayed until the latter<br />
phases of equipment design and selection, there may be relatively little value to<br />
be added. The Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA) technique addresses this<br />
issue in part.<br />
Similarly, it is often thought by non-HF specialists that <strong>HFI</strong> activities are never<br />
complete. Whilst some HF activities are relatively self-contained and produce<br />
discrete outputs at defined phases in a project, it must be emphasised that many<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities require an iterative approach, in which system and equipment<br />
proposals, designs and their realisations are systematically and repeatedly<br />
examined to assess their effects on the human component of the system. The<br />
need for <strong>HFI</strong> continues on beyond the hand over of capability to the user, in that<br />
there is justification for HF involvement in the analysis of in-service data and user<br />
feedback on the adequacy of the delivered solutions.<br />
It is not only important to decide upon an appropriate set of <strong>HFI</strong> activities for a<br />
particular project situation, it is essential that these are satisfactorily<br />
communicated to all relevant parties.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities will not happen as a matter of course. The various organisations<br />
involved in a typical capability acquisition chain may or may not have in-house<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> capability, <strong>HFI</strong> processes or adopt <strong>HFI</strong> practices. Where MoD requires a<br />
Supplier to undertake particular <strong>HFI</strong> activities, apply particular <strong>HFI</strong> processes or<br />
produce particular <strong>HFI</strong> outputs this must be clearly stated in contract<br />
documentation, and appropriate resources allowed for their procurement and<br />
associated management.<br />
To avoid nugatory effort and expenditure, appropriate efforts should be made to<br />
identify, take into account and possibly re-use HF deliverables produced for MoD<br />
under other contracts.<br />
Generally, in specifying HF requirements in contracts, emphasis should be<br />
placed on the form of deliverable required, rather than on how the deliverable<br />
should be achieved. A possible exception to this is where consistency of<br />
approach across a number of supply contracts is required.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-4 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
1.1.1 MoD <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Policy<br />
MoD spending on personnel is at least equivalent to that on equipment and the<br />
Acquisition Handbook [Ref 2] includes an emphasis on ‘a through life systems<br />
approach, typified by applying Whole Life Costing techniques’ and ‘effective<br />
trade-offs between system performance, through life costs and time’. All<br />
equipment used by the armed forces has some element of human interaction and<br />
increasingly, the human is thought of as being part of the whole system,<br />
stemming from the Systems Engineering view of a system.<br />
In order to ensure that people are integrated into the system design safely,<br />
efficiently and reliably, equipment projects are expected to undertake an<br />
appropriate level of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>). For a general introduction<br />
to <strong>HFI</strong>, see ‘<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>: An Introductory <strong>Guide</strong>’ [Ref 3] and ‘The<br />
MOD <strong>HFI</strong> Process Handbook’ [Ref 4], see also AMS Topic 2561 ‘<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>)’ [Ref 5].<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> is a focused management process that considers the extent of human<br />
involvement in the system under the seven areas known as domains, shown in<br />
Figure 1-1.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Domain<br />
Manpower<br />
Personnel<br />
Training<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering (HFE)<br />
System Safety<br />
Health Hazard Assessment<br />
Organisational and Social<br />
Figure 1-1: <strong>HFI</strong> Domains<br />
This process also enables trade-offs between these domains, such as the effect<br />
on safety of reducing manpower, and trade-offs with other areas such as the<br />
necessity to balance manpower size against operational capability.<br />
These domains map loosely to the eight Defence Lines of Development (DLOD),<br />
see Chapter 2.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
It is not intended that the <strong>HFI</strong> process should replace existing processes that are<br />
better described in:<br />
1. Safety – JSP 430 ‘MOD Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong>’ [Ref 6].<br />
2. Complementing – BR 4<strong>01</strong>7 ‘Naval Manning Manual’ [Ref 7].<br />
3. Training – DSAT QS ‘The Defence Systems Approach to Training Quality<br />
Standard’ [Ref 8], supported by the Defence Training Support Manuals<br />
(DTSMs) [Ref 9] through [Ref 14].<br />
4. Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) – ‘MOD ILS Manual’ [Ref 15].<br />
Instead, <strong>HFI</strong> seeks to support these processes to ensure that the human element<br />
is integrated into the system design.<br />
Due to the nature of the maritime environment, it is particularly important that all<br />
MoD vessels and associated equipment are designed to take full account of the<br />
personnel who will operate them. These personnel are not only required to<br />
operate and maintain equipment in a remote and dynamic environment, but<br />
actually to live within the vessel in close proximity to each other for long periods.<br />
The systems involved are complex and expensive, in terms of design, build,<br />
operation, maintenance and disposal. The personnel required to work with these<br />
systems therefore have ever-greater demands placed upon them.<br />
Therefore, all projects are required to develop an <strong>HFI</strong> strategy, which should<br />
describe and justify the level of work that will be done on the project.<br />
Within DPA, the Sea Systems Group (SSG – previously known as the Sea<br />
Technology Group (STG)) has a remit to act as a focal point for <strong>HFI</strong> across the<br />
acquisition cycle for maritime projects and it interfaces with other focal points<br />
within the MoD organisation, see Section 1.1.7 Sources of Advice, below. This<br />
remit is achieved through the following:<br />
• Sponsorship of the <strong>HFI</strong> Guidance documents (<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>1).<br />
• Attendance at IPTs’ <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Steering Groups (HFSG) and Working<br />
Groups (HFWG).<br />
• Combat system specific guidance and identification of best practice.<br />
• Guidance on implementation and execution of <strong>HFI</strong> process.<br />
In order to ensure a coherent <strong>HFI</strong> methodology, guidance material has been<br />
produced and is available on the ‘Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System (AMS)’<br />
website [Ref 16], see AMS Topic 2561 ‘<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>)’ [Ref 5].<br />
This <strong>HFI</strong> guidance and information is accessed using the AMS - Acquisition<br />
Topics - Topic Explorer. <strong>HFI</strong> is also the subject of Governing Policy GP 2.15<br />
‘<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>’ [Ref 29]; this is part of the ‘Support Solutions<br />
Envelope (SSE)’ [Ref 30] and comes under Key Support Area 2 - Supportability<br />
Engineering.<br />
A general introduction to <strong>HFI</strong> and its value to the MoD is provided in the<br />
‘Introductory <strong>Guide</strong>’ [Ref 3] and ‘<strong>HFI</strong> Process Handbook’ [Ref 4]. For information<br />
about the generation of <strong>HFI</strong> requirements in the early phases of procurement,<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-6 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
see Chapter 3 of this guide and ‘<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>): Practical<br />
Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17]. The ‘Introductory <strong>Guide</strong>’ and ‘Practical Guidance for<br />
IPTs’ also detail the steps involved in co-ordinating <strong>HFI</strong> with the procurement<br />
process. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 complement the use of these guides to<br />
provide detailed support for Surface Ship, Submarine and related equipment<br />
projects in the Defence Procurement Agency (DPA) and the Defence Logistics<br />
Organisation (DLO).<br />
1.1.2 Introduction to the <strong>Guide</strong>s and Use by Project Role<br />
The guidance contained in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 has been derived from<br />
project experience using an approach in which a MoD IPT places contracts with a<br />
Prime Contractor and then acts as the focus of Customer activities.<br />
Developments in MoD contract strategy now mean that the classic IPT may in<br />
some cases be replaced by an 'Alliance' formed from MoD and Prime Contractor<br />
staff, both working under a common management structure. Future<br />
developments in contracting may see military capability increasingly provided<br />
under PFI arrangements. The specific guidance on <strong>HFI</strong> responsibilities and<br />
activities contained within <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 may need to evolve to<br />
suit these novel contractual arrangements and the altered context of its<br />
application.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 described <strong>HFI</strong> processes that are principally<br />
directed at the acquisition of new capabilities using bespoke solutions.<br />
Increasingly, commercial and technical trends mean that UK Defence Capability<br />
utilises a higher proportion of MOTS and COTS solutions. In other cases, new<br />
capability may be achieved through an upgrade of a legacy system. The overall<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> process described can be readily adapted to these acquisition situations. In<br />
such cases, increased emphasis on identifying system and equipment<br />
constraints may be required. Also, the process of <strong>HFI</strong> trade-offs may need to<br />
respect the commercial benefits of MOTS and COTS equipment solutions.<br />
The guidance in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 is aimed primarily at the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Manager and <strong>HFI</strong> Focus within an IPT, see Table 1-1. Project experience gained<br />
over several years of application of the guides shows that the documents are<br />
also used by Prime Contractor staff and in some cases, sub-contractor staff.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>s are for use primarily by people performing the following roles:<br />
1. Integrated Project Team (IPT) Leader – This role has overall<br />
responsibility for ensuring that adequate resources are allocated to allow<br />
due regard to <strong>HFI</strong> to be given within the project. For more information on<br />
the role of the IPT Leader, see Chapter 2 (Sect 2.7.1).<br />
2. <strong>HFI</strong> Focus within the IPT – This role has responsibility for actively coordinating<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> issues throughout all aspects of the design of platforms and<br />
equipment, in conjunction with other systems engineering disciplines and<br />
MoD authorities, at each phase of the procurement cycle. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
is responsible for assessing whether, and to what extent, <strong>HFI</strong> might be<br />
required within the project, an overview of the process and stakeholders<br />
and a mechanism for quantifying the scope of work, resources required<br />
and timescale. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus, in conjunction with the IPT Leader, is<br />
responsible for determining how these processes will be managed and who<br />
is responsible for this management. In smaller projects, this role may not<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-7 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
be a full-time post. For more information on the role of the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus, see<br />
Chapter 2 (Sect 2.7.2).<br />
3. Supplier – This role is responsible for conducting the technical <strong>HFI</strong><br />
programme as required by the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P).<br />
For more information on the supplier terms of reference, see Chapter 2<br />
(Sect 2.7.3).<br />
4. HF Specialist in the IPT or the Supplier’s <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Team – This<br />
role is responsible for executing <strong>HFI</strong> activities or providing advice about the<br />
overall conduct or products of such activities. For more information on the<br />
HF Specialist’s terms of reference, see Chapter 2 (Sect 2.7.4).<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Guide</strong><br />
Element<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
On-Line <strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Guide</strong>s<br />
Description<br />
<strong>Guide</strong>lines for the overall<br />
management of an <strong>HFI</strong> programme.<br />
<strong>Guide</strong>lines for managing the technical<br />
application of <strong>HFI</strong> in platform and<br />
equipment procurement.<br />
On-line versions of the contents of<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
enabling hypertext linking of content<br />
(within and between the <strong>Guide</strong>s);<br />
keyword search; fast access to, and<br />
copying of, specific contents; and<br />
guided use of the <strong>HFI</strong> material.<br />
Intended Users<br />
IPT Leader<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
Supplier / HF<br />
Specialist<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
Supplier / HF<br />
Specialist<br />
IPT Leader<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
Supplier / HF<br />
Specialist<br />
Table 1-1: <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>s Description<br />
1.1.3 Objectives of the <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0)<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 provides guidance about the management of the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme<br />
for a platform or equipment and is aimed primarily at the IPT Leader and <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Focus, although certain chapters will be relevant to the HF Supplier or specialist<br />
(for example, see Chapter 4 The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)).<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 describes major <strong>HFI</strong> issues and addresses the management steps<br />
that can be taken within the IPT. A <strong>HFI</strong>P needs to be developed as part of the<br />
Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP). The <strong>HFI</strong>P is normally prepared by the<br />
Prime Contractor or may be delegated to one of the Prime’s Subcontractors.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 helps the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to understand how the <strong>HFI</strong>P can be used to<br />
monitor the supplier to ensure that systems meet all requirements.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-8 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
In particular, the objectives of <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 are as follows:<br />
• To introduce <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) issues, risks and trade-offs.<br />
• To assist the IPT Leader and <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to develop an effective<br />
organisation to manage <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
• To assist the IPT Leader and the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to set requirements for the<br />
Supplier’s <strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
• To provide guidance about <strong>HFI</strong> requirements identification, tendering,<br />
project control and monitoring, assessment and acceptance.<br />
• To provide specific guidance on how to achieve effective Whole Ship<br />
co-ordination of <strong>HFI</strong> issues.<br />
• To explain how <strong>HFI</strong> is incorporated into a multi-disciplinary approach.<br />
1.1.4 Objectives of the <strong>HFI</strong> Technical <strong>Guide</strong> (<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1)<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 is designed for use in conjunction with <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and provides<br />
detailed guidance about <strong>HFI</strong> technical issues for platforms and equipment. It is<br />
aimed primarily at the HF Supplier or specialist for the conduct of <strong>HFI</strong> activities<br />
but will also provide guidance to the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus on the technical activities to be<br />
conducted.<br />
The content is designed to help the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to identify the authorities and<br />
stakeholders involved, and the <strong>HFI</strong> activities that may be needed at each phase<br />
of the procurement. The advice is organised into <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas combining<br />
platform and equipment information where applicable.<br />
1.1.5 The On-Line <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>s<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>s <strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 are available in electronic (PDF) format via the ‘<strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>’ [Ref 5] topic link on the ‘Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System<br />
(AMS)’ website [Ref 16]. Additionally, both are available as CD-ROM versions, in<br />
either PDF or Word format.<br />
1.1.6 Supporting Documentation<br />
Figure 1-2 summarises the main documents providing <strong>HFI</strong> policy and guidance to<br />
the IPT. Each document is relevant to all of the project roles, to a varying<br />
degree. The figure below indicates, by means of proximity, the most relevant<br />
document for each role.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-9 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Supplier / HF<br />
Specialist<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical <strong>Guide</strong><br />
[Ref 1]<br />
IPT Leader<br />
The Acquisition<br />
Handbook [Ref 2]<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong>: An<br />
Introductory <strong>Guide</strong><br />
[Ref 3]<br />
The MOD <strong>HFI</strong> Process<br />
Handbook [Ref 4]<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0: <strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong><br />
[this doc]<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>)<br />
Practical Guidance for<br />
IPTs [Ref 17]<br />
System Project<br />
Manager<br />
Figure 1-2: Supporting Documentation<br />
1.1.7 Sources of Advice<br />
For contact details, see Annex 2.<br />
• DPA – Technical Enabling Services (TES) – <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Group (HFG)<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Group (HFG) has been established (late 2005) within TES to<br />
provide advice and guidance to IPTs predominantly in the Air and Land<br />
environments on the interpretation of <strong>HFI</strong> policy and application of <strong>HFI</strong> processes<br />
and procedures. The Group will also be supporting IPTs in assurance<br />
compliance with <strong>HFI</strong> policy and standards. As it develops its capability this group<br />
will increasingly drive development of <strong>HFI</strong> within Defence Acquisition, with SSG<br />
(see below) representing the Sea specific aspects.<br />
• DPA – TES – Sea Systems Group (SSG)<br />
Prior to April 2006, the SSG was known as the Sea Technology Group (STG).<br />
• TES-SSG-Ship (previously STGSS)<br />
Chair of Naval Equipment <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Liaison Group<br />
(NE<strong>HFI</strong>LG).<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-10 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
• TES-SSG-ShipDes (previously STGSS3)<br />
Responsible for overall delivery of advice and guidance to IPTs and<br />
Industry partners on application of <strong>HFI</strong> and input to the Maritime System<br />
Maturity People line for PR&A of Naval Platforms within the DPA and DLO.<br />
• TES-SSG-CSHF (previously STGCSHF)<br />
Sponsor of both <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1, focal point for advice on<br />
application of guidance documents.<br />
Combat System <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (CSHF) support and advice to IPTs.<br />
Member of MOD / Industry <strong>HFI</strong> Working Group.<br />
UK Panel Member for The Technical Co-operation Panel (TTCP):<br />
Subgroup HUM Technical Panel 9 (<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> for Naval<br />
Systems).<br />
• TES-SSG-ShipDesNA (previously STGSS3a)<br />
Broader <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> matters relating items such as noise, vibration,<br />
accommodation and habitability.<br />
• DPA – Future Business Group (FBG)<br />
The Technology Co-ordination Cell of the Future Business Group (FBG) supports<br />
the link between the Research Building Block (RBB) and the DPA.<br />
• Defence Sciences and Technology Laboratory (Dstl)<br />
Dstl is a MoD organisation, see the Dstl website [Ref 18]. The <strong>Human</strong> Sciences<br />
group within the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory consists of<br />
physiologists, psychologists and other scientists. They provide expert scientific /<br />
technical support and independent advice to MOD and other Government<br />
Departments on the <strong>Human</strong> Sciences aspects of the formulation of research<br />
programmes, policy and procurement; they support the three armed services in<br />
the four environments in which they operate (i.e. land, sea, air and CIS). The<br />
team maintains close links with other <strong>Human</strong> Scientists in the MoD, Industry and<br />
academia both in the UK and abroad through a variety of NATO, TTCP and other<br />
formal IRC links, as well as through less formal links.<br />
• Institute of Naval Medicine (INM)<br />
The INM <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Group specialises in the ergonomics of ship design from<br />
aspects of the individual to equipment and platform level. This includes<br />
anthropometric and psychological issues in addition to design and ergonomics.<br />
In addition to short duration consultancies for individual projects, the INM <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> Group undertakes long-term research.<br />
• DLO – Marine Electrical Systems Controls Group (MLS CG) – <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong>, PMS, Machinery Controls and Control Trainers<br />
Provides advice and support within the Marine Engineering community for<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues. Has expertise in <strong>Human</strong> Computer Interface (HCI)<br />
design, task analysis, acceptance testing and how <strong>HFI</strong> relates to Platform<br />
<strong>Management</strong> Systems (PMS). Now part of Technical Enabling Services.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-11 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
1.2 <strong>HFI</strong> in Naval Procurement<br />
1.2.1 Definition of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF)<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) can be defined thus:<br />
An engineering discipline that applies theory, methods and research<br />
findings from ergonomics, psychology, physiology, anatomy and other<br />
disciplines to the design of manned systems.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> is by nature interdisciplinary. It brings together concepts,<br />
theories, data and practice from a number of human-related sciences. It is<br />
concerned with influencing the design of manned systems, equipments and<br />
operational environments so as to promote safe, efficient and reliable total<br />
system performance.<br />
In the context of <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 the term ‘system’ is used to<br />
encompass any combination of platform (vessel), internal and external<br />
equipment, operating and maintenance personnel and all associated support<br />
systems such as documentation, tools, etc.<br />
1.2.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Domains<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) framework focuses the contribution that<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> can provide as a discipline on the needs and capabilities of the<br />
users of manned systems, see ‘Introductory <strong>Guide</strong>’ [Ref 3]. The <strong>HFI</strong> framework<br />
identifies six general areas or ‘domains’, which will be referred to throughout<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1. Table 1-2 gives definitions for the domains, each<br />
of which is represented in the document text by an associated icon.<br />
A seventh <strong>HFI</strong> domain is evolving to cover the Organisational and Social aspects<br />
arising from the organisational complexity of providing Network Enabled<br />
Capability (NEC) and will cover issues such as:<br />
• Shared situational awareness,<br />
• Cultural issues,<br />
• Trust and Information sharing,<br />
• Soft Interoperability<br />
• Alternative organisational configurations<br />
The implications of this seventh domain have yet to be fully determined and will<br />
be incorporated into this document at a later issue.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-12 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
Manpower<br />
Personnel<br />
Training<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Engineering<br />
(HFE)<br />
System Safety<br />
Health Hazard<br />
Assessment<br />
Organisational<br />
and Social<br />
Concerns the number of men and women,<br />
military and civilian, required and available<br />
to operate and maintain the system under<br />
consideration.<br />
Considers the aptitudes, experience, and<br />
other human characteristics, including<br />
body size and strength, necessary to<br />
achieve optimum system performance.<br />
Embraces the specification and evaluation<br />
of the optimum combination of:<br />
instructional systems; education; and<br />
on-the-job training required to develop the<br />
knowledge, skills and abilities needed by<br />
the available personnel to operate and<br />
maintain systems to a specified level of<br />
effectiveness under the full range of<br />
operating conditions.<br />
Covers the comprehensive integration of<br />
human characteristics into product and<br />
system design, including all aspects of<br />
workstation and workspace design. For<br />
vessels it also considers accommodation<br />
and habitability issues.<br />
The process of applying <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
expertise to minimise safety risks occurring<br />
as a result of the system being operated or<br />
functioning in either a normal or an<br />
abnormal manner. The objective is to<br />
reduce to ‘as low as reasonably<br />
practicable’ (ALARP), the risk of injury to<br />
service personnel (non-service persons<br />
under some circumstances) and damage<br />
to equipment. Often, engineering solutions<br />
are called for. In some cases, changes to<br />
interface design, personnel selection<br />
criteria, training requirements, manning or<br />
operating procedures may provide a<br />
cost-effective alternative.<br />
As part of System Safety considerations,<br />
this process seeks to identify and address<br />
conditions inherent in the operation or use<br />
of a product that may cause death, injury,<br />
illness, and disability or reduce the<br />
performance of personnel (e.g. vibration,<br />
toxic fumes, radiation, noise, shock, recoil).<br />
The process of applying tools and<br />
techniques drawn from organisational<br />
psychology, information science and<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-13 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
system of systems domains in order to<br />
address the impact of introducing new<br />
equipment into complex enterprises.<br />
Table 1-2: <strong>HFI</strong> Domains<br />
1.2.3 <strong>HFI</strong> in Naval Projects – Objectives<br />
A naval system generally consists of a platform, equipment and associated<br />
personnel. A vessel is defined by the particular combination of a platform (the<br />
hull, internal layout and superstructure) and associated equipments, many of<br />
which require human interaction for both operation and maintenance. A vessel<br />
(surface ship or submarine) has also to provide an environment suitable for crew<br />
living, eating and recreation (ie not-working) as well as for work.<br />
Operational requirements are the main factors that dictate the design of naval<br />
systems. Manned naval systems will only achieve required levels of total system<br />
performance in a cost-effective manner if HF characteristics are properly<br />
integrated into the overall design and implementation of all systems.<br />
HF characteristics include the following:<br />
• The effective allocation of system functionality between human and<br />
equipment components;<br />
• Adequate manning and effective organisational design;<br />
• The design of operable equipment;<br />
• Appropriate training support;<br />
• Acceptable environmental and accommodation design;<br />
• Incorporation of appropriate health and safety measures.<br />
The main objectives of <strong>HFI</strong> for naval systems are concerned with the definition<br />
and management of all relevant human issues and risks that arise during<br />
platform and equipment design or modification (Figure 1-3). These objectives<br />
are summarised at the highest level as follows:<br />
• To define attainable levels of human workload and performance if the<br />
operational requirement is to be achieved at the levels of the force, the<br />
vessel and the individual sub-system.<br />
• To define the complement and skill requirements taking account of<br />
manpower policy.<br />
• To define the through-life cost implications of decisions concerning the<br />
manned operation, maintenance and training support of platforms and<br />
equipment.<br />
• To identify and take into account the human capabilities and limitations that<br />
must be considered for successful platform and equipment design.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-14 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
• To assess, evaluate and aid acceptance of the HF characteristics of<br />
platforms and equipment during the development process to ensure that<br />
the design supports effective, efficient, safe and acceptable job and task<br />
performance.<br />
• To ensure that Health and Safety standards and legislation are fully<br />
observed.<br />
• To ensure that the service conditions and quality of life onboard is<br />
acceptable to RN personnel and supports retention.<br />
• To ensure that cost-effective training and support for skills and knowledge<br />
development is provided onboard and ashore in accordance with training<br />
policy.<br />
System Safety<br />
& Health Hazards<br />
Operational<br />
Requirement<br />
<strong>Human</strong>-Equipment<br />
Functions & Tasks<br />
User-Equipment<br />
Interface Design<br />
<strong>Human</strong><br />
Workload &<br />
Performance<br />
Total System<br />
Performance<br />
Training<br />
Needs<br />
Complement &<br />
Personnel<br />
Characteristics<br />
Environment<br />
& Accommodation<br />
Figure 1-3: <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> in Naval Systems<br />
1.2.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas for Naval Systems<br />
The scale of naval equipment procurement ranges from the acquisition of<br />
complete new platforms and/or equipment systems to the provision of specific<br />
items of equipment for existing vessels. The procurement process itself may<br />
occur over a number of phases and involve requirements specification, design<br />
assessment and acceptance into service. <strong>HFI</strong> technical issues must be<br />
addressed in an appropriate manner at each phase of procurement for each type<br />
of platform or equipment. To support the naval procurement process, a series of<br />
‘<strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas’ has been established with the following purposes:<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-15 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
• To promote common understanding of <strong>HFI</strong> technical issues.<br />
• To summarise the management process and the stakeholders involved.<br />
• To provide guidance about <strong>HFI</strong> activities, outputs, methods and standards.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas that affect the design and construction of the vessel, and<br />
affect its crew, include: complementing, training, deck and compartment layout,<br />
vessel maintenance and ship husbandry, overall environment and habitability,<br />
traffic flow and material handling and crew health and safety. <strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Areas that affect the design and construction of the installed combat system and<br />
marine engineering equipment and systems include: manning implications,<br />
training, operability, workstation design and workspace layout, the local<br />
environment and health and safety aspects for equipment. Table 1-3 identifies<br />
these <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas and shows the <strong>HFI</strong> domains with which they are<br />
associated.<br />
All concerned must remember that <strong>HFI</strong> is not a self-contained process. <strong>HFI</strong><br />
activities are undertaken to ensure that people-related issues are fully taken into<br />
account in other traditional areas of design and manufacture. In order to achieve<br />
this, frequent two-way communication between <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> specialists and<br />
those in other disciplines, e.g.: systems engineering, marine engineering,<br />
mechanical engineering, information system design, and logistics support.<br />
1.2.5 Relationship between <strong>HFI</strong> Domains, <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas and <strong>MAP</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chapters<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> domains, see Table 1-3, help to elicit and to structure the <strong>HFI</strong> issues<br />
addressed in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme. All documentation for the Investment<br />
Approvals Board (IAB) must use the <strong>HFI</strong> domains. It is essential that appropriate<br />
attention be paid to each <strong>HFI</strong> domain in total system design to achieve the best<br />
outcome.<br />
Manpower<br />
Personnel<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Domains <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
Chapter<br />
Reference<br />
Manpower, Complementing &<br />
Accommodation<br />
Chapter 4<br />
Team Organisation Chapter 5<br />
Crew and Equipment User<br />
Characteristics<br />
Chapter 6<br />
Training<br />
Crew and Equipment User<br />
Training<br />
Chapter 7<br />
<strong>Human</strong><br />
General Arrangement Chapter 8<br />
<strong>Factors</strong><br />
Operational Spaces Chapter 9<br />
Engineering<br />
(HFE) Accommodation Spaces Chapter 10<br />
Miscellaneous Spaces Chapter 11<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-16 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Domains <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
Chapter<br />
Reference<br />
System Safety<br />
Health Hazard<br />
Assessment<br />
Organisational<br />
and Social<br />
Personnel Movement & Material<br />
Handling<br />
Habitability & Internal<br />
Environment<br />
Chapter 12<br />
Chapter 13<br />
Equipment Layout Chapter 14<br />
Operability & User-Equipment<br />
Interaction<br />
Chapter 15<br />
Maintenance & Support Chapter 16<br />
Ship Safety<br />
System Safety<br />
Ship and Equipment Health<br />
Hazards<br />
Health Hazard Control<br />
Chapter 17<br />
Not yet fully determined and will be covered at a<br />
later issue.<br />
Table 1-3: <strong>HFI</strong> Domains, <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chapters<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas are more specific to the type of system to be procured.<br />
Technical issues to be addressed during procurement are derived from the<br />
appropriate <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Area(s).<br />
Several <strong>HFI</strong> domains may be associated with each <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Area, e.g. the<br />
design of Operational Spaces will involve more than just the techniques and<br />
knowledge contributed by the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering domain and will<br />
include those from Health Hazard Assessment, System Safety and Personnel<br />
domains. However, not all <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas may need to be addressed<br />
during a particular procurement project. During a refit to an existing platform for<br />
example, many design areas may be fixed.<br />
Whilst specialist parts of Integrated Project Teams will deal separately with<br />
platform issues and combat and marine equipment, there is a need for all parties<br />
to approach the procurement process in a fully integrated manner to ensure<br />
adequate exchange of requirements, constraints, design decisions and<br />
satisfactory system integration.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 provides details about the technical issues, the <strong>HFI</strong> process and<br />
associated activities, outputs, methods and standards for each of the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical Areas listed in Table 1-3.<br />
The Navigation Guidance Tables for <strong>HFI</strong> Activities and Outputs in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
Chapter 2 provide checklists summarising the <strong>HFI</strong> activities and outputs in <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical Areas that apply to each phase of the procurement process. These<br />
checklists provide cross-references to aid navigation between <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-17 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
1.3 Detailed <strong>HFI</strong> Domain Issues<br />
1.3.1 Manpower <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
The central Manpower <strong>HFI</strong> issue for vessels is the estimation and validation of<br />
the crew size and composition, represented by the Scheme of Complement<br />
(SoC). This is because of the complex process of long-term manpower planning<br />
and the effect of manning on whole-life costs. The complementing process is<br />
described in ANEP 21 ‘Procedure for Ship Manning for NATO Surface Ships’<br />
[Ref 19] and BR 4<strong>01</strong>7 ‘Naval Manning Manual’ [Ref 7].<br />
The complementing process for RN vessels addresses both the Manpower and<br />
Personnel <strong>HFI</strong> domains. The number and skill profiles of crewmembers are<br />
defined by the allocation of tasks to personnel. This allocation will occur at the<br />
platform level and at the level of component equipments. The contribution of<br />
each <strong>HFI</strong> Programme to the Basic Manning Requirement (BMR) estimates is<br />
collated at the platform level for input to complement modelling.<br />
The estimated numbers of personnel required to perform the operational and<br />
other duties in a vessel drives the SoC. The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme for a vessel<br />
provides these estimates from the earliest phases of the procurement process as<br />
contributions to the BMR. The BMR forms the basis for the Quarter Bill (QB).<br />
The QB is the basic working document for the design of the SoC for a new class<br />
of vessel, and remains the fundamental guidance document for the stationing of<br />
personnel through the operational life of the vessel.<br />
Manpower estimation for a vessel is a process that takes account of the following<br />
factors:<br />
• The missions that the vessel is expected to perform taking full account of<br />
concurrent activities and the level of autonomy required.<br />
• The allocation of functions between human and equipment on board the<br />
vessel. This determines the workload of tasks and duties and therefore the<br />
number of jobs.<br />
• RN requirements for the optimal number of personnel at the appropriate<br />
skill level to perform the operational task in order to make the most efficient<br />
use of available manpower.<br />
• Future RN Manpower Policy influenced by the expected Branch structure<br />
of the RN, demographics, retention factors and whole-life costs.<br />
• Existing organisational and manning practices (including those used<br />
outside the RN) that can provide lessons for future systems.<br />
Crew, team and sub-team organisation is defined based on the allocation of<br />
duties and tasks to groups of crewmembers. Outline job specifications are<br />
developed for each type of crewmember by collating the various tasks for<br />
evolutions, equipment operation, ship’s husbandry, maintenance and other duties<br />
identified in <strong>HFI</strong> Programmes. Accommodation standards, stores, traffic flows<br />
and communication systems may have important effects on the platform design.<br />
Manpower estimation needs to take into account mission and task workload, and<br />
will be heavily influenced by the success of automation and the ease of<br />
maintenance of the platform and its equipment. Manpower <strong>HFI</strong> requirements will<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-18 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
also drive the design of accommodation, layout, services and provision of Escape<br />
and Evacuation facilities. Supportability of the platform or equipment will also<br />
influence the ashore manning requirement at dockside and throughout the<br />
logistics and training support chain.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> provides methods for the analysis of the tasks and workload<br />
driving the estimated complement size for a vessel. Frameworks for conducting<br />
top-down functional allocation between human and equipment, and between<br />
different members of the crew have been developed. Some of these frameworks<br />
consider how human role allocation can be varied dynamically as a function of<br />
situation and operational workload, as technological constraints on the definition<br />
and the location of operator and maintainer posts are relaxed.<br />
Contributions to the Basic Manning Requirement must also be cross-referred with<br />
the Safety Case (see JSP 430 ‘Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong>’ [Ref 6]). The Scheme<br />
of Complement and any subsequent changes will affect overall ship safety.<br />
1.3.2 Personnel <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
A clear understanding of the required characteristics of the crew or system users<br />
is fundamental to effective system design. A Project Specific Target Audience<br />
Description (PSTAD) is used to record the required personnel characteristics of<br />
operators and maintainers. The PSTAD is usually developed in the first phase of<br />
procurement and is progressively developed and used at subsequent phases. A<br />
technique known as Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA) plays a key role in<br />
determining the need for, and the application of, a PSTAD. It is vital that each<br />
project is very clear about why a PSTAD is required, the role that it will perform<br />
and how it will be used. The development of a valid and authoritative PSTAD<br />
may require significant effort on the part of a large project. However, failure to<br />
properly represent personnel characteristics for use during the design will<br />
increase risks to operational capability, human safety and whole-life costs. HF<br />
issues deriving from the EHFA will also form an input to the Hazard Log as part of<br />
the Safety Case process. Subsequent revision of the PSTAD may be required as<br />
a means of mitigating HF issues.<br />
Target Audience Descriptions are developed as part of equipment programmes.<br />
A PSTAD is a systematic definition of crew physical characteristics, basic<br />
capabilities, skills, rank structure and Branches and relevant organisational and<br />
social factors. It is used to ensure that the development of platform and<br />
equipment matches human requirements. It is very important that this<br />
information is relevant for the future user population rather than simply reflecting<br />
current personnel or practices. The PSTAD should be collated at the platform<br />
level to check consistency and to ensure that personnel characteristics are taken<br />
into account during platform design. It should also consider the effect of real<br />
operational stress and environmental conditions on future human performance.<br />
The range of crew physical characteristics is relevant when addressing internal<br />
layout, escape routes and accommodation, workspace design and equipment<br />
control. The successful design of deck-head height, step size, access and<br />
egress routes and operator and maintenance positions will be determined by the<br />
actual physical size of personnel. The reach envelope of users must be<br />
modelled when assessing the usability of equipment. Accommodation must be<br />
designed to cater for privacy and other requirements for mixed gender crews.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-19 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Lower and upper limits of basic capabilities including strength, hearing and vision<br />
need to be understood to ensure that the environment and operator task<br />
demands are properly designed. For example, basic visual acuity limits need to<br />
be considered in designing and locating warning labels and instructions on<br />
equipment or in compartments. Strength variation and handedness need to be<br />
considered when designing access handles and controls.<br />
Basic competence levels of RN personnel in use of language and the operation<br />
of computing devices is relevant during the design of computer-based information<br />
systems. For example, the readability or comprehension level of text both on-line<br />
and in document form will need to match the educational level of users. New<br />
systems may require skills and knowledge that are rare in the RN or even limited<br />
at a UK national level, e.g. systems management of information technology.<br />
Skills and rank requirements are determined by the mission profile for the vessel,<br />
its equipment fit and operational demands. Operational Performance Statements<br />
(OPS) define the high-level competencies required of RN personnel. Similar<br />
information is available in job specifications for personnel from the other services.<br />
These define the types of skills available in the organisation. It is important that<br />
the impact of the platform and the equipment on skill requirements is clearly<br />
understood. Training needs and the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering of equipment<br />
are both heavily influenced by the skills and knowledge required for operation<br />
and maintenance.<br />
Organisational and social factors will also need to be taken into account to<br />
encourage retention and prevent skills loss. The quality and design of living<br />
accommodation and operational spaces may influence attitudes to serving on<br />
board and hence retention. The design of equipment and the workload<br />
associated with its operation may also influence job satisfaction.<br />
1.3.3 Training <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
Training needs for each category of crewmember are collated and expressed as<br />
Operational Performance Statements (OPS) and Training Performance<br />
Statements (TPS) for the class of platform. OPS are owned by the Principal<br />
Accounting Officer (PAO) and are used by Fleet to express job-related training<br />
requirements. OPS already exist for different rank and role specialisations so<br />
this activity can concentrate on identifying changes to existing OPS and the<br />
definition of OPS for new roles. Training Performance Statements (TPS) that<br />
need to be achieved to meet each related OPS are maintained by Flag Officer<br />
Training and Recruiting (FOTR), which is responsible for the provision of training<br />
to the RN. The Fleet Air Arm training TPS reside with Fleet. However, on the<br />
completion of training, an assumed shortfall normally exists between the TPS<br />
and OPS, which is rectified by the provision of On-the-Job Training (OJT). The<br />
following equation is commonly referred to in order to indicate this relationship:<br />
OPS=TPS+OJT<br />
The procurement programme will therefore need to identify new TPS that arise.<br />
The list of current OPS is recorded in the PSTAD. Safety-related training needs<br />
will also need to be identified and integrated as required by JSP 430 ‘Ship Safety<br />
<strong>Management</strong>’ [Ref 6]. For example, the TPS needs to be cross-referenced with<br />
the minimum competency requirements specified by the Safety Case for<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-20 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
operating equipment or for contributing to a safety critical task or management<br />
process.<br />
Individual, sub-team, team and crew training options for the platform are<br />
developed by collating the outputs of Training Needs Analysis (TNA) for the<br />
equipment and for the platform. This information contributes to the development<br />
of the training policy for the type and class of vessel.<br />
On-board training equipment, courseware, supporting resources, e.g. allocation<br />
of training duties to crewmembers, and trainee throughput are collated at the<br />
platform level. This information has a number of uses including the definition of<br />
on-board training procedures, estimation of the training margin for<br />
accommodation, identification of space and storage requirements and estimation<br />
of the total commitment to on-board training.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme addresses the impact of new platforms and equipment on<br />
the skills and knowledge required of future operator and maintenance personnel<br />
(the Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) programme also addresses training<br />
needs). Both the <strong>HFI</strong> and the ILS programmes provide key inputs to the Training<br />
Needs Analysis (TNA). DSAT QS [Ref 8] defines a systematic approach to<br />
training and training quality issues, including the TNA process. DTSM3 ‘Defence<br />
Training Support Manual (DTSM) 3: Training Needs Analysis‘ [Ref 11] provides<br />
the common framework within which all three services conduct TNA. DTSM3<br />
replaces JSP 502 ‘The Tri-Service <strong>Guide</strong> to Training Needs Analysis (TNA) for<br />
Acquisition Projects’ [Ref 20]. However, JSP 502 continues to provide useful<br />
detail.<br />
MoD and RN Training strategy requires that the recommended training option is<br />
specified and delivered as part of the platform or equipment procurement<br />
programme. The chosen option can have a major impact on the whole-life costs<br />
of the system. A major question is the balance of training conducted ashore and<br />
afloat. Shore-based training provides more control over the learning<br />
environment, reduces on-board crew workload and accommodation and ensures<br />
that vessels are supplied with skilled personnel. However, training by shore<br />
establishments increases whole-life costs and may require a heavy investment in<br />
training technology. Team training time ashore may also be limited. IPTs should<br />
take into account the endorsed training strategy for individual training, collective<br />
training and training equipment procurement.<br />
Training media can be integrated within equipment. Alternatively, part-task<br />
procedural training devices and full simulations that federate several equipment<br />
types and systems may be used. On-board training using training simulations<br />
embedded in equipment provides advantages in terms of realism and team<br />
working but its use is limited by operational requirements. Developments in<br />
synthetic training and computer networking are likely to increase the flexibility of<br />
training options. This will enable more cost-effective mixtures of ashore and onboard<br />
training, e.g. smaller on-shore training establishments may manage and<br />
provide training resources directly to on-board crews via networked simulations.<br />
The costs and advantages of developing and running dedicated training<br />
equipment need to be balanced against those of using real equipment.<br />
Training needs are identified at the level of each individual operator or maintainer<br />
and at crew, team and sub-team levels. Training solutions must address the<br />
requirements for the conversion of existing personnel. Training must also cater<br />
for the initial and continuation training of personnel. A common problem is<br />
specifying prerequisite entry requirements for trainees. Technology may require<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-21 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
the application of completely new basic operating skills and knowledge by RN<br />
personnel.<br />
The training products developed during procurement will form the basis for ongoing<br />
RN training. Resources to support training design ashore and on board<br />
are limited. Any development of training courseware should take into account<br />
existing RN quality standards. The strategy for courseware development needs<br />
to take into account the context, e.g. the role of industry in acting as a training<br />
provider, the policy for first of class training and the whole-life costs associated<br />
with training support.<br />
The design of training equipment, whether stand-alone or embedded within the<br />
real system, must also be subject to the same <strong>HFI</strong> requirements as the real<br />
equipment. Training equipment may require an instructor-user interface as well<br />
as the trainee user interfaces. The needs of instructors and trainers must be<br />
considered when designing training equipment. Instructor facilities may include<br />
scenario generation, recording, game control, monitoring of trainee performance<br />
and (for embedded training) control of segregation and rapid purging of training<br />
data.<br />
The design of the training roll-out programme will require extensive co-ordination<br />
with a number of RN training and other authorities. The timing of training is<br />
critical in avoiding any skills decay before crews start live operation of the<br />
equipment.<br />
1.3.4 <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
Of all the <strong>HFI</strong> domains, <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering (HFE) addresses the widest<br />
range of <strong>HFI</strong> issues and those of most central concern to the design of the<br />
platform and equipments. The issues in this domain are often those that most<br />
directly affect personnel on board the vessel, and which can affect their<br />
performance for better or worse. The range of HFE issues that arise during<br />
platform and equipment procurement include the following:<br />
• Workspace and workstation specification and design.<br />
• Use of Automation.<br />
• User-Equipment Interfaces and role of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong>s.<br />
• Layout of operational, accommodation and transit areas, escape routes,<br />
fixtures, fittings and equipment.<br />
• Environment in normal and abnormal working conditions.<br />
• System <strong>Integration</strong>.<br />
1.3.4.1 Compartment, Workspace and Workstation Specification and Design<br />
General arrangement, deck, compartment and workspace layout decisions<br />
require the collation of <strong>HFI</strong> information about the space needed by operators and<br />
maintainers. Each workspace is studied with regard to the human visual and<br />
movement envelope required by personnel performing tasks, transiting or<br />
handling materials in that area.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-22 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
Habitability requirements are collated at the platform level as they are determined<br />
by the design of accommodation spaces, environmental conditions and the<br />
provision of facilities to maintain the crew and provide comfortable living<br />
conditions. Environmental models are developed which take into account the full<br />
fit of equipment and the human activities to be performed, under normal and<br />
abnormal operating conditions, making use of information from related <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Programmes.<br />
The measurement of total task workload when the operator is working with all<br />
equipments requires an integrated approach. Level of human workload, critical<br />
task performance and protection of vital operational aspects from human error<br />
are assessed across all systems and this may require a collation of information<br />
from different <strong>HFI</strong> Programmes.<br />
Standard Operating Procedures are created or modified for the vessels affected<br />
by procurement. The maintenance procedures and tasks, including ship’s<br />
husbandry, are collated and assessed across the platform to take advantage of<br />
common procedures and practices.<br />
The effectiveness of equipment will be determined in part by its operability.<br />
Operability criteria are defined for each type of equipment to determine the level<br />
of user performance that must be attainable. The characteristics of the userequipment<br />
interface play a major part in determining operability. The<br />
characteristics required for effective user-equipment interfaces are defined for<br />
related types of equipment.<br />
1.3.4.2 Layout of Operational, Accommodation and Transit Areas, Escape<br />
Routes, and Equipment<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme will need to address the layout of operator workspaces,<br />
maintainer access points, operational and accommodation compartments, transit<br />
and escape routes, upper deck structure, embarkation and disembarkation areas,<br />
and damage control points.<br />
Effective design considers a range of interacting factors. These factors include<br />
human reach and vision envelopes, furniture and fittings, comfort, communication<br />
between team members, traffic flow, equipment movement, storage and<br />
replenishment needs and activities, evolutions and the need for simultaneous<br />
activities in the same area, e.g. equipment repair in compartments during live<br />
operations. <strong>Human</strong> traffic flow should also be assessed for Escape Analysis<br />
purposes and is mandatory for the Escape and Evacuation Naval Authority<br />
(EENA) to issue a ‘Certificate of Safety – Escape and Evacuation’.<br />
Space may be at a premium on vessels, particularly in operational compartments.<br />
Simulation-based design and computer-assisted design can help to optimise the<br />
use of available space.<br />
1.3.4.3 Environment in Normal and Abnormal Working Conditions<br />
The physical environment within which human tasks are conducted must be<br />
designed to enhance system performance and limit human performance<br />
degradation. This requires attention in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme to a wide range of<br />
ergonomic and environmental issues including ship motion, heat, ventilation,<br />
lighting levels, noise levels and vibration.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-23 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Critical mission and task performance needs to be assessed under worst-case<br />
conditions throughout the range of possible climates, sea states, manoeuvring<br />
conditions and emergency or damage states, and forms part of the safety<br />
assessment for the platform. The effect of ship damage or equipment<br />
malfunction on the operating environment and on the feasibility of damage<br />
control also needs to be considered. Simulation-based design may be used to<br />
assist designers assess the effects of ship motion on task performance.<br />
1.3.4.4 User-Equipment Interfaces and <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong>s<br />
Achieving a high level of operational effectiveness using computer-based<br />
systems requires the design and development of operable user interfaces.<br />
Within a warship there are a large number of diverse user-equipment interfaces<br />
to be found, ranging from combat system equipments, logistics and<br />
administration systems to complex machinery control and communications<br />
systems. A core activity of the <strong>HFI</strong> programme should focus on the compatibility<br />
of the proposed user interface with the following specific areas:<br />
• Task demands (e.g. the display of mission-related data in a form that can<br />
lead to rapid decision making);<br />
• <strong>Human</strong> operator capabilities (e.g. the provision of weapon or steerage<br />
controls taking account of human manual tracking speed and accuracy);<br />
• Other user characteristics (e.g. the design of grips on hardware equipment<br />
that can be manipulated by the full range of likely users).<br />
Every variant of user interface will require learning of display interpretation and<br />
control procedures. Hence, decisions concerning the user-equipment interface<br />
will impose overheads in terms of training and the transferability of operating<br />
skills. The use of documents known as <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong>s helps to<br />
reduce these overheads by providing design standards for each class of user<br />
interface. Style <strong>Guide</strong>s also exist or can be adapted for specific use on each<br />
class of equipment.<br />
A <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong> is used to document a set of rules and conventions<br />
to be used by equipment designers and implementers. The guide will typically<br />
address text message format, text presentation factors, use of symbols, use of<br />
colour, device layout conventions, labelling issues, alarm message format, etc.<br />
Common style requirements are developed for all types of display and control<br />
found in the platform. Consistent and common design principles are applied to<br />
the user interface style of different equipments, to the passive and active alarms<br />
and warnings, during the selection of mechanical operating controls, and in the<br />
design of maintenance warning and advisory labels etc.<br />
Commercially available human-computer interface style guides have been<br />
adapted for military use to provide consistent rules for the design of windows,<br />
icons, menus and input device operations. The use of commercial-off-the-shelf<br />
equipments can, at first sight, lead to inevitable differences in user-interface<br />
characteristics. However, an explicit assessment of the impact of any userequipment<br />
style differences helps to ensure that negative effects are anticipated<br />
and either designed out or highlighted in standard operating procedures and<br />
during training. Appropriate use of the style guide should be mandated in<br />
procurement documentation.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-24 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
1.3.4.5 User Input to Equipment Interface Design<br />
Experience has demonstrated that the early involvement of users and RN subject<br />
matter experts is critical for the effective design of user-equipment interfaces.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme therefore needs to ensure that such involvement is planned.<br />
Tools are available to support early simulation of user-equipment interfaces.<br />
Critical design issues, requiring user involvement, must be resolved efficiently<br />
and effectively. Scenario-based design walk-throughs and equipment<br />
prototyping are cost-effective techniques for user involvement when combined<br />
with the use of low-cost mock-ups.<br />
1.3.4.6 Use of Automation<br />
Equipment functions include computer-based, mechanical and electrical facilities<br />
for the operational role and to maintain habitability. During the platform and<br />
equipment design process decisions are made about the degree of automation<br />
and the role of human users and maintainers. The allocation of functions<br />
between human and equipment is a key process in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme. The<br />
ultimate operational value and supportability of a platform and its equipment will<br />
hinge on obtaining the best balance between the use of automatic or mechanised<br />
solutions and human resources.<br />
The use of automation has a major impact on the size and composition of the<br />
complement. Failure to consider all of the tasks and duties required for<br />
equipment operation and maintenance, ship husbandry, damage control, mission<br />
requirements and domestic activities may result in unacceptable crew workload<br />
and subsequent limitations in vessel effectiveness.<br />
The allocation of tasks between human and equipment must form an explicit part<br />
of the design process. For example, computer-based systems can be used in<br />
virtually every area of a vessel from the Combat System to ship control<br />
equipment. The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme needs to ensure that the software design<br />
method provides sufficient information for the purpose of evaluating human task<br />
implications to determine operator workload, skill requirements, and humancomputer<br />
interface design and maintenance needs.<br />
1.3.4.7 System <strong>Integration</strong> <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
System integration is the co-ordinated design and assessment of individual,<br />
team, equipment, layout and environmental issues. While specific <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> work may address each of these issues in relative isolation, it is only<br />
through an integrated approach that their joint effect can be properly assessed.<br />
This approach is equally important whether the system is developed to meet new<br />
requirements or comprises commercial-off-the-shelf components.<br />
1.3.5 System Safety <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
The inherent ability of the system to be used, operated and maintained without<br />
risk of injury or death to personnel must be addressed in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme.<br />
These adverse conditions may occur when the system is functioning in a normal<br />
or an abnormal manner. Every design decision may impact on system safety to a<br />
greater or lesser degree and may affect the risks to humans from damage,<br />
equipment malfunction or operator error. These risks must be continually<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-25 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
assessed for the full range of interacting factors (design of equipment interfaces;<br />
workspace and compartment layout; movements of humans and equipment;<br />
environmental conditions; operational duties, recreational activities and<br />
maintenance tasks etc.) described in related <strong>HFI</strong> Programmes.<br />
Safety must be managed in accordance with JSP 430 ‘Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong>’<br />
[Ref 6]. The safety management system defined in JSP 430 addresses both the<br />
System Safety and the Health Hazard Assessment domains. This will normally<br />
result in the production of a Safety Case for the vessel and associated<br />
equipments. These will be collated and the System Project Managers should<br />
ensure that the <strong>HFI</strong> issues are addressed consistently throughout.<br />
The Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong> System is the focus for integrating the results of<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities related to system safety. The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme must help to ensure<br />
that safety risks and safety mitigation are continuously addressed and entered<br />
into the Safety Case. <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering activities and products provide<br />
information and opportunities to address safety issues. This includes the<br />
identification of abnormal system states due to human error, poor operability,<br />
equipment malfunction, and extreme environmental conditions and vessel<br />
damage.<br />
While personnel can contribute to safety as well as detracting from it, typical<br />
levels of human error tend to be very high. A high proportion (some 70% to 95%)<br />
of marine accidents can be attributed to the human element. Poor design of the<br />
working environment is one of the main contributory factors to this.<br />
Vessel safety issues include assessments of human vulnerability and survivability<br />
in relation to the structural layout, the composition of structural materials and<br />
fittings and the effects of shock and motion. Damage control is of particular<br />
interest for three reasons:<br />
1. The survivability of personnel in deck areas and compartments that is<br />
subject to damage.<br />
2. The protection of the teams tasked with controlling fires or repairing other<br />
types of damage.<br />
3. The number of personnel that need to be diverted from other tasks to<br />
engage in damage control and fire fighting will drive the overall size of the<br />
complement, see BR 4<strong>01</strong>7 ‘Naval Manning Manual’ [Ref 7].<br />
System safety issues apply equally to the design of accommodation areas under<br />
normal peacetime conditions of use. System safety issues must also be<br />
addressed for scenarios when the rapid Escape and Evacuation of personnel is<br />
required. Operations under Chemical, Biological, Radiation and Nuclear Defence<br />
(CBRND) conditions increase safety risks of exposure or contamination as well<br />
as increasing the probability of certain types of human error.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> reliability analysis tools are available for use in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme to<br />
identify and estimate the probability of possible sources of human error. A large<br />
body of knowledge has accumulated from the application of these techniques in<br />
the nuclear power and other industries that is applicable to the design of power<br />
plant (both nuclear and conventional) and other systems.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-26 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
1.3.6 Health Hazard Assessment <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
Health hazards can occur in working and recreational areas of the vessel and are<br />
distinguished from safety risks as they can arise during normal operation of the<br />
system. The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme needs to define the risk of such hazards and<br />
ensure that platform and equipment design, operating procedures and training<br />
eliminate or minimise their impact and maximise crew health.<br />
The range of potential health hazards that apply across platform and equipment<br />
programmes include the following:<br />
1. Acoustic – Hearing loss from exposure to continuous or intermittent noise,<br />
e.g. in machinery rooms, prolonged wearing of headsets.<br />
2. Biological – Infections from micro organisms, their toxins and enzymes,<br />
e.g. in galleys.<br />
3. Chemical – Inhalation, ingestion or direct contact with toxic substances,<br />
e.g. hydraulic fluid.<br />
4. Oxygen deficiency – Reduced performance or asphyxiation, e.g. poorly<br />
ventilated compartments.<br />
5. Radiation – Radiation from ionising and non-ionising sources, e.g.<br />
proximity to high-powered radar equipment.<br />
6. Shock – Shock arising from equipment operation or ship motion, e.g.<br />
electric, extreme movements.<br />
7. Temperature extremes and humidity – Extremes leading to reductions in<br />
performance, or more serious effects on health, e.g. excessive heat<br />
generated by proximity to operating equipment.<br />
8. Trauma – Physical trauma resulting from direct impact to the body or<br />
musculo-skeletal trauma due to the need to lift excessive weights or<br />
continuously operate equipment, e.g. repetitive strain injury associated with<br />
using input devices for computer-based or other equipment.<br />
9. Vibration – Vibration arising from the contact of mechanically oscillating<br />
surfaces with the body, e.g. the effect of the platform motion envelope in<br />
different compartments.<br />
10. Visual – Loss or serious impairment of sight due to exposure to high levels<br />
of light energy, e.g. lasers; eyesight problems from prolonged use of visual<br />
display units.<br />
The identification and recognition of health hazards in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme helps<br />
to ensure that these are designed out. In a vessel hazards may arise from many<br />
sources. These may be structural including the provision and location of<br />
drainage facilities, the ease of cleaning surfaces, the absorption of surface<br />
finishes, toxic and other characteristics of furnishing and surface finishes and the<br />
effects of leakage or interactions between substances. Hazard prevention will<br />
affect the design of operating procedures, shift lengths and rest periods, rotation<br />
of relief operators, the design of protective equipment, compartment layout,<br />
hazard zoning and training and raising awareness. Preventative programmes<br />
and facilities can be designed to counter these types of health hazard and to<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-27 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
promote health through positive action, e.g. segregation of smoking areas,<br />
provision of exercise facilities.<br />
Health hazards and issues need to be collated and checked to ensure that all<br />
preventative measures are in place and the relevant standards are applied.<br />
Health hazards can occur in many forms. Health may be affected by basic<br />
operation of equipment (e.g. repetitive strain injury, muscular strain), exposure to<br />
extreme environmental conditions (noise, vibration, ship motion, heat), bacterial<br />
infection in galleys or washrooms and exposure to environmental emissions or<br />
materials.<br />
Hazards and operability (HAZOP) analysis provides a method for combined<br />
identification of safety and health hazards to crew, see Def-Stan 00-56 ‘Safety<br />
and <strong>Management</strong> Requirements for Defence Systems’ [Ref 21]. However, it<br />
should be noted that some long-term health hazards might require additional<br />
investigation and advice from the Institute of Naval Medicine (INM) and Medical<br />
Director General (Navy).<br />
1.3.7 Organisational and Social <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
Organisational and Social issues are not yet fully determined and will be covered<br />
at a later issue of this document.<br />
1.3.8 <strong>HFI</strong> Trade-Offs<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> provides an inclusive framework for use in optimising the use of automation,<br />
the size of organisation, skill development and training, operability, habitability<br />
and health and safety. The seven <strong>HFI</strong> domains and the <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas<br />
provide a vehicle for identifying, analysing and accounting for factors that affect<br />
the human contribution to overall system performance. Decisions made within<br />
each particular domain may appear to be optimum within that area. However,<br />
the contribution of each individual domain on overall system performance must<br />
be considered.<br />
In order to optimise overall system performance, it is often necessary to conduct<br />
trade-off analyses between individual factors. It is necessary to consider total<br />
system trade-offs at the earliest phase of procurement.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> trade-offs at the level of the total naval system are usually conducted during<br />
the earliest phases of procurement and include the following examples:<br />
1. Platform size, shape and speed and its effects on human<br />
performance, habitability and crew health and safety – Optimising the<br />
platform for speed, manoeuvrability and survivability will impact crew<br />
performance and well-being. For example motion-induced interruptions<br />
affecting crew performance will be dependent on the architecture of the<br />
platform and its resulting motion characteristics. The trade-off performed<br />
must balance platform options against crew performance, platform<br />
habitability and crew health and safety.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-28 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
2. Reduction in complement size against the costs and risks of<br />
increased automation – Platform development and whole-life costs are<br />
closely related to the size of the complement. Increased automation can<br />
reduce some aspects of crew workload and may decrease the manning<br />
required. The trade-off performed must determine the extent to which<br />
investment in increased automation actually provides the capability to<br />
reduce crew workload and complement size while still delivering the<br />
required outputs.<br />
3. Reduction in complement size against the costs and feasibility of<br />
increases in the skill levels of personnel – The core functions of moving<br />
and fighting a vessel require skilled personnel. Increasing the use of<br />
automation may decrease crew size at the cost of increasing the variety<br />
and depth of skills required amongst the remaining personnel, e.g.<br />
additional system management skills might be required. The trade-off<br />
performed must determine the costs and feasibility of recruiting, training<br />
and retaining personnel with the required skills.<br />
4. Reduction in training against the costs of increasing the operability of<br />
the platform and the equipment – The simplification of platform and<br />
equipment design, including the increased use of automation, may<br />
increase operability and hence decrease training costs. The trade-off<br />
performed must determine the costs of increasing operability against the<br />
savings in the training that can actually be achieved.<br />
5. Assignment of training ashore and on-board – Training to develop,<br />
maintain and extend skills may be conducted at shore establishments or on<br />
board vessels. Shore training establishments increase whole-life costs but<br />
decrease on-board crew size and workload. Investment costs in training<br />
simulation are determined by decisions about whether training equipment<br />
is developed for stand-alone use ashore or is embedded within on-board<br />
operational equipment. Required operational skills will only be produced if<br />
the training environment enables initial learning and allows existing skills to<br />
be developed further. The trade-off performed must determine the<br />
optimum assignment ashore and on board given investment and whole-life<br />
costs and the effectiveness and efficiency of the training that will be<br />
provided.<br />
1.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to Project Outputs<br />
Only the <strong>HFI</strong> contribution to project plans is discussed in this chapter. For<br />
information on the <strong>HFI</strong> contribution to requirements, see Chapter 3.<br />
1.4.1 Overview of the <strong>HFI</strong> Inputs<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> yields value by influencing project outputs. In the early phases, such project<br />
outputs are mainly documents, e.g. requirements and plans. As the project<br />
progresses, solutions begin to predominate. Documents are the major<br />
determinants of what system is acquired, and the ‘solution’ is its implementation.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> contribution to documents should not be restricted to the ‘<strong>HFI</strong> section’, as the<br />
contents of many other areas will have human implications and such documents<br />
should be reviewed in full to determine the applicability for <strong>HFI</strong>. <strong>HFI</strong> contribution<br />
(from the IPT) to ‘solutions’ is mainly supportive and enabling.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-29 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
The influence of <strong>HFI</strong> on the future system is made effective mainly through the<br />
project deliverables (at Initial Gate and Main Gate). These include:<br />
1. Requirements – URD, draft SRD, SRD.<br />
2. Plans – Phase plans; TLMP; <strong>HFI</strong>P; <strong>HFI</strong> contributions to other plans (ILS,<br />
Safety, etc.).<br />
3. Contract SoW – Statements defining <strong>HFI</strong> tasks for Suppliers within the<br />
overall MoD co-ordinated activity.<br />
4. Justification – Evidence and analyses to support assertions about system<br />
cost effectiveness based on the viability, cost and performance of the<br />
human component of the system.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> must begin in Concept phase, with an analysis of human issues related to<br />
the acquisition of the proposed capability, and an assessment of the associated<br />
risks and requirements. The <strong>HFI</strong> objective during Concept is to ensure that the<br />
phase outputs submitted at Initial Gate take account of any human-related<br />
issues, which could seriously affect the ability to meet the project’s objectives.<br />
In Assessment, more detailed work is undertaken to understand, quantify and<br />
begin to reduce the <strong>HFI</strong> risks identified during Concept phase. This will involve<br />
exploring major issues, such as manpower reduction, workload, performance<br />
shortfalls or safety, and a larger number of smaller items. Assessment involves a<br />
systematic and informed assessment of options using simulation, modelling,<br />
prototypes and mock-ups to capture requirements and identify where savings can<br />
be made. <strong>HFI</strong> ensures Suppliers are clearly focused on the issues, as well as<br />
addressing them within MoD. Results are represented in the phase outputs<br />
submitted at Main Gate. Here, the outputs are as above, but also include the<br />
revised URD, SRD, ITT SoR and COEIA.<br />
1.4.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to Plans<br />
1.4.2.1 Types of Plans<br />
The plans typically used in the <strong>HFI</strong> process and discussed in this chapter are of<br />
two broad types:<br />
1. <strong>Management</strong> Plans – These define what will be carried out, when, by<br />
whom, to what criteria, with what resource, under what assumptions, with<br />
what dependencies.<br />
2. Specialist ‘Plans’ – These are more comprehensive than management<br />
plans. They contain extra supporting information, records of key decisions<br />
and results that help to justify the plan. These include the Integrated Test,<br />
Evaluation and Acceptance Plan (ITEAP, see Section 1.4.3), Safety Plan,<br />
Reliability Plan, and Integrated Logistics Support Plan (ILSP). <strong>HFI</strong> requires<br />
co-ordination with many of these plans. The Through Life <strong>Management</strong><br />
Plan (TLMP, see 1.4.4) is an umbrella structure embracing all of these as<br />
well as the outline vision of the project through life.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-30 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
1.4.2.2 <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
There should be an <strong>HFI</strong> section in the Through Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan for each<br />
phase, typically supported by reference out to a more detailed <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P). Effective <strong>HFI</strong> relies on good communication across<br />
technical areas and organisations, with regular access to user representatives<br />
(subject matter experts and hands-on users). See Chapter 4 for more detailed<br />
information on the <strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
1.4.3 Integrated Test, Evaluation & Acceptance Plan (ITEAP)<br />
1.4.3.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to the ITEAP through the Procurement Cycle<br />
The Integrated Test, Evaluation & Acceptance Plan (ITEAP) is a key document<br />
defining how the project will ensure that the required ‘equipment capability’ is<br />
being produced, and then confirm that it has been. Those aspects of the<br />
capability that relate to integration between human and equipment components<br />
require <strong>HFI</strong> input to the ITEAP.<br />
The ground for ITEA must be laid during Concept, with the ITEAP completed in<br />
outline by Main Gate, and fully developed in Demonstration prior to contract let.<br />
It will then evolve throughout the remainder of the procurement cycle. See<br />
‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] for a fuller description of <strong>HFI</strong> actions for<br />
ITEA throughout the CADMID cycle.<br />
1.4.3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Content of the ITEAP<br />
Table 1-4 introduces the <strong>HFI</strong> content needed for the ITEAP. Items should be<br />
complete by Main Gate except where noted.<br />
Section<br />
Introduction<br />
Scope of<br />
system<br />
System<br />
acceptance<br />
strategy<br />
Typical <strong>HFI</strong> Related<br />
Content<br />
Background to <strong>HFI</strong><br />
requirements<br />
Describe the human<br />
component and identify key<br />
interactions between human<br />
and equipment (subject to<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> acceptance).<br />
Strategy for acceptance<br />
against <strong>HFI</strong> requirements<br />
and how it fits in overall<br />
acceptance strategy.<br />
Comment<br />
Brief philosophy underlying<br />
operability evaluation –<br />
importance of human<br />
performance as a measure of<br />
equipment operability.<br />
Identify any complicating<br />
factors, e.g. incremental build<br />
up of equipment function<br />
might prevent full role-based<br />
operability testing until later<br />
phase.<br />
Underlying principles of<br />
operability acceptance.<br />
Scope for use of common<br />
scenarios, dual use of trial<br />
opportunities, etc.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-31 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Section<br />
Acceptance<br />
risk statements<br />
Overall<br />
process<br />
Derivation of<br />
acceptance<br />
criteria<br />
Acceptance<br />
risks and<br />
strategy<br />
Acceptance<br />
activity<br />
Assessment<br />
and review<br />
process<br />
Resource<br />
management<br />
Plans<br />
Typical <strong>HFI</strong> Related<br />
Content<br />
Describe <strong>HFI</strong> risks to be<br />
removed by evaluation and<br />
acceptance.<br />
Describe how the equipment’s<br />
ability to integrate<br />
with, and support the human<br />
elements will be evaluated,<br />
tested and accepted.<br />
Identify the criteria required<br />
for <strong>HFI</strong> testing and how they<br />
will be derived.<br />
Process for deriving test<br />
thresholds from the<br />
requirements.<br />
Describe how risks inherent<br />
in the acceptance process<br />
will be managed, together<br />
with any imposed<br />
constraints.<br />
Describe how <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations<br />
and tests will be<br />
conducted.<br />
Describe how <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations<br />
and tests will be<br />
validated, and the process<br />
for handling subjective data<br />
gathered during trials.<br />
Describe how <strong>HFI</strong> evaluation,<br />
test and acceptance<br />
will be managed, especially<br />
how it will be integrated with<br />
non-<strong>HFI</strong> activity.<br />
Include a section on <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evaluation and acceptance<br />
plans, calling up more<br />
detailed trials plans, acceptance<br />
schedules, etc.<br />
Comment<br />
Supported by links to humanrelated<br />
items in the project<br />
risk register.<br />
This should identify the main<br />
areas, e.g. physical<br />
compatibility, legibility,<br />
comprehensibility, task<br />
performance, task<br />
degradation over time, health<br />
and safety.<br />
Likely to require a combination<br />
of independent reference<br />
data and early trials to<br />
confirm criteria. Note that<br />
tests involving human performance<br />
must account for<br />
intrinsic human error rates.<br />
Risks might include trial<br />
subjects being unfamiliar with<br />
new equipment and procedures.<br />
Constraints might<br />
be practical limit on numbers<br />
of trials and subjects.<br />
Outline only at Main Gate –<br />
Complete during<br />
Demonstration phase.<br />
Outline only at Main Gate –<br />
Complete during<br />
Demonstration phase.<br />
Only needed after Main Gate<br />
for ITEAP, but note that resource<br />
estimates should be<br />
included in TLMP and in the<br />
plan for Demonstration phase.<br />
Only needed after Main Gate<br />
for ITEAP.<br />
Table 1-4: <strong>HFI</strong> Content of ITEA Plan<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-32 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
1.4.4 Through Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP)<br />
The Through Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP) is a key project document, see<br />
Chapter 2, and the AMS provides guidance on its production and use, see<br />
‘Through Life <strong>Management</strong> – Guidance’ [Ref 31]. The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong><br />
Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) must identify the dependencies and interfaces between <strong>HFI</strong> activities<br />
with other disciplines in the context of the overall Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan<br />
(TLMP).<br />
1.4.4.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Activities<br />
The TLMP enables stakeholders to inform and visualise the project, by<br />
presenting a whole-life perspective of its objectives, assumptions, plans and<br />
resources. Its aim is to demonstrate completeness, realism and relevance. The<br />
TLMP is an articulation by the IPT Leader (and each System Project Manager<br />
within the IPT that manages more than one project) to their customers and key<br />
stakeholders of how they will manage their project through its life, i.e. their<br />
response to the task set within the Customer Supplier Agreement (CSA). The<br />
TLMP brings all aspects of and information for the project to a central focal point<br />
for stakeholders and provides a gateway into the detailed project information.<br />
1.4.4.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Content of TLMP<br />
The TLMP consists of a set of documents, all of which will be updated as the<br />
project progresses. <strong>HFI</strong> contributions to the TLMP should include:<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> strategy<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> issues log<br />
• Key <strong>HFI</strong> decisions<br />
• Long-term outline <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plans (<strong>HFI</strong>Ps)<br />
• HF working group constitution and procedures<br />
• Division of responsibility between various stakeholders in <strong>HFI</strong> regarding<br />
shared activities such as PSTNA, TAD, Task Analysis and user support.<br />
This should form part of the PRM (Programme Responsibility Matrix).<br />
• Procedures for management and sharing of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data<br />
throughout the life cycle<br />
• Key <strong>HFI</strong> trials results<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> audit results following introduction to service<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> management strategy for evolutionary upgrades.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-33 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
1.5 <strong>HFI</strong> Contribution to Agreements<br />
1.5.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Relationships<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities called up by the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) to be<br />
carried out by organisations outside the IPT will require either a contract or a<br />
Customer Supplier Agreement (CSA). These must be supported by explicit<br />
Statements of Work (SoWs) that define what is required, to the same level of<br />
detail as the project <strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
The IPT is at the hub of a network of formal agreements about how to provide the<br />
capability. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for helping to set up those agreements<br />
in a way that supports the project <strong>HFI</strong> needs, and then managing the day-to-day<br />
liaison throughout the project to ensure that the agreements work. Figure 1-4<br />
portrays these relationships schematically.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Consultant eg<br />
SSG, DSTL,<br />
‘Customer Friend’<br />
from Industry<br />
Figure 1-4: <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Relationships<br />
1.5.2 Contracts and Invitations to Tender (ITTs)<br />
Work by bodies outside MoD will be subject to a contract, normally preceded by<br />
an Invitation to Tender (ITT). A Statement of Work (SoW) must support them<br />
both. SoWs for (potential) equipment and/or service suppliers should specify the<br />
following:<br />
• The evidence to be produced in support of claims about the operability etc<br />
of equipment solutions (including details of how it was derived).<br />
• The use to be made of military users (subject matter experts and hands-on<br />
users).<br />
• The information to be exchanged with other <strong>HFI</strong> stakeholders.<br />
• The format and timing of information, demonstrations, trials, etc.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-34 Issue 4
Chapter 1 – <strong>HFI</strong> within Naval Capability Acquisition<br />
SoWs for <strong>HFI</strong> support should specify the following:<br />
• Relationship with IPT and division of responsibilities for <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
• Scope of <strong>HFI</strong> analysis, evaluation, trials, etc. to be undertaken.<br />
• The use to be made of service users (subject matter experts and hands-on<br />
users).<br />
• The information to be exchanged with other <strong>HFI</strong> stakeholders.<br />
• The format and timing of information, demonstrations, trials, etc.<br />
1.5.3 Customer Supplier Agreements (CSAs)<br />
CSAs are the equivalents of contracts within MoD. The Acquisition Handbook<br />
[Ref 2] focuses on the IPT’s agreement with the DEC to supply equipment and/or<br />
equipment support. CSAs, in respect of aspects of capability outside the IPT’s<br />
control, help the IPT to meet its wider remit of providing capability. Most of these<br />
involve people, and come within the scope of <strong>HFI</strong>. Each CSA should be<br />
supported by an explicit Statement of Work (SoW) to define what is required, to<br />
the same level of detail as the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P). How this<br />
is written will vary with the work and who is doing it.<br />
There will be CSAs for the supply of capability in respect of doctrine, force<br />
structure, manning, training, sustainability, integration, interoperability, etc from<br />
the supplier to the DEC as customer. Supporting CSAs are needed to enable the<br />
IPT to deliver equipment capability that is effectively integrated with the human<br />
component. CSAs between the IPT and other parts of MoD need to cover three<br />
other main areas:<br />
1. Provision to the IPT of information about future personnel who will form the<br />
human component of the capability.<br />
2. Provision of people to support the IPT and Supplier(s) during the project.<br />
3. Provision of the human component of the capability.<br />
The first of these concerns information typically covering the characteristics,<br />
skills, aptitudes, numbers and availability of people, how they will be trained and<br />
organised, their other tasks and responsibilities, and so on.<br />
The second will include the type of subject matter experts to support the IPT,<br />
equipment designers and supporting analysts. It will also include the need for<br />
timely access to representative service personnel to take part in evaluations,<br />
trials, etc. It is very easy to underestimate the need for this type of support.<br />
The third relates to the design of the total system (human and equipment). For<br />
the whole to be reliably engineered, tested and accepted, each separately<br />
supplied component (human as well as equipment) must have defined<br />
boundaries, and defined performance at those boundaries. Any trade-off<br />
affecting budgets, e.g. between training and equipment cost or between<br />
manpower and automation cost must be negotiated within this CSA.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-35 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page 1-36 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 CH 1_15.doc
CHAPTER 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> PROCESSES AND MECHANISMS<br />
CONTENTS<br />
2.1 An Overview of Smart Acquisition and <strong>HFI</strong>..................................................................2-3<br />
2.1.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................2-3<br />
2.1.2 The Equipment Capability Customer ....................................................2-4<br />
2.1.3 The Joint Capability Board and Capability <strong>Management</strong> ......................2-4<br />
2.1.4 The Second Customer Function ...........................................................2-5<br />
2.1.4.1 Core Leadership.................................................................2-5<br />
2.1.4.2 Pivotal <strong>Management</strong>...........................................................2-5<br />
2.1.5 The Integrated Project Team ................................................................2-5<br />
2.2 Key Project Documents and Events in the Acquisition Cycle .............................2-6<br />
2.2.1 The User Requirement Document (URD) .............................................2-6<br />
2.2.2 The System Requirement Document (SRD).........................................2-6<br />
2.2.3 The Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP) .......................................2-6<br />
2.2.4 Acceptance and In-Service Date ..........................................................2-7<br />
2.3 The <strong>HFI</strong> Component of System Readiness ........................................................2-7<br />
2.3.1 People KIP Issues...............................................................................2-10<br />
2.4 Introduction to <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms ..............................................2-14<br />
2.4.1 Overview of <strong>HFI</strong> Mechanisms .............................................................2-14<br />
2.5 System <strong>Integration</strong>............................................................................................2-15<br />
2.5.1 The Components of Operational Capability........................................2-17<br />
2.5.2 Defence Lines of Development...........................................................2-18<br />
2.5.3 DLOD Inter-relationships ....................................................................2-20<br />
2.5.4 The ‘People’ Line of Development ......................................................2-20<br />
2.5.5 Trade Off Analyses .............................................................................2-21<br />
2.5.6 System Properties...............................................................................2-22<br />
2.5.7 People Requirements Definition .........................................................2-23<br />
2.5.8 People-Related Needs........................................................................2-23<br />
2.5.9 Intrinsic <strong>Human</strong> Needs........................................................................2-24<br />
2.5.10 Capability Related (Extrinsic) <strong>Human</strong> Needs......................................2-24<br />
2.5.11 Project Related <strong>Human</strong> Needs ...........................................................2-25<br />
2.5.12 Readiness Levels................................................................................2-25<br />
2.6 <strong>HFI</strong> and the CADMID Lifecycle.........................................................................2-26<br />
2.6.1 Concept Phase ...................................................................................2-27<br />
2.6.1.1 Objectives.........................................................................2-27<br />
2.6.1.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Concept .....................2-28<br />
2.6.2 Assessment Phase .............................................................................2-30<br />
2.6.2.1 Objectives.........................................................................2-30<br />
2.6.2.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Assessment ...............2-31<br />
2.6.3 Demonstration Phase .........................................................................2-33<br />
2.6.3.1 Objectives.........................................................................2-33<br />
2.6.3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Demonstration ...........2-34<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.6.4 Manufacture Phase.............................................................................2-35<br />
2.6.4.1 Objectives.........................................................................2-35<br />
2.6.4.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Manufacture...............2-36<br />
2.6.5 In-Service Phase.................................................................................2-37<br />
2.6.5.1 Objectives.........................................................................2-37<br />
2.6.5.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during In-service ...................2-38<br />
2.6.6 Disposal Phase...................................................................................2-39<br />
2.6.6.1 Objectives.........................................................................2-39<br />
2.6.6.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Disposal .....................2-39<br />
2.7 Project Role Terms of Reference .....................................................................2-39<br />
2.7.1 IPT Leader and Systems Project Managers .......................................2-39<br />
2.7.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Terms of Reference...........................................................2-40<br />
2.7.3 Supplier Terms of Reference..............................................................2-40<br />
2.7.4 HF Specialist Terms of Reference ......................................................2-41<br />
2.8 Multidisciplinary Groups <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist ..................................................2-41<br />
2.8.1 <strong>HFI</strong> and Operational Analysis .............................................................2-42<br />
2.8.1.1 Operational Analysis <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist .......................2-42<br />
2.8.2 <strong>HFI</strong> and Ship Design...........................................................................2-42<br />
2.8.2.1 Ship Design <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist.....................................2-43<br />
2.8.3 <strong>HFI</strong> and Systems Engineering ............................................................2-43<br />
2.8.3.1 Systems Engineering <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist ......................2-43<br />
2.8.4 <strong>HFI</strong> and ILS.........................................................................................2-44<br />
2.8.4.1 ILS <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist...................................................2-45<br />
2.8.5 <strong>HFI</strong> and Health & Safety .....................................................................2-46<br />
2.8.5.1 Health & Safety <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist ...............................2-46<br />
2.8.6 <strong>HFI</strong> and Training .................................................................................2-46<br />
2.8.6.1 Training <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist ...........................................2-47<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-2 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
2.1 An Overview of Smart Acquisition and <strong>HFI</strong><br />
2.1.1 Introduction<br />
The information contained in this chapter is derived from various sources, in<br />
particular: ‘The Acquisition Handbook’ [Ref 2], the ‘Acquisition <strong>Management</strong><br />
System’ [Ref 16] and JSP 502 ‘Tri-Service <strong>Guide</strong> to TNA’ [Ref 20].<br />
This section sets <strong>HFI</strong> in its procurement context. In order to do so it is necessary<br />
to outline the Smart Acquisition process in terms of the core relationship between<br />
the customer and the supplier. At each phase of the acquisition process, there is<br />
a requirement for <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) input. Later in this chapter, these <strong>HFI</strong><br />
activities are outlined against each of the acquisition phases. Under the Smart<br />
Acquisition philosophy, acquisition progresses through a series of phases<br />
designed to take the project through its whole life from Concept to Disposal.<br />
These phases include: Concept; Assessment; Demonstration; Manufacture; In-<br />
Service and Disposal. Together they are commonly referred to as the ‘CADMID<br />
cycle’.<br />
Figure 2-1 below gives an overview of the organisations involved in the<br />
acquisition process. These are discussed in detail in subsequent sections.<br />
Customer 1<br />
Equipment<br />
Capability<br />
Customer (ECC)<br />
Deputy Chief of Defence<br />
Staff (Equipment<br />
Capability)<br />
Within the ECC, a Joint<br />
Capability Board (JCB)<br />
exists, comprising:<br />
CM<br />
Precision<br />
Attack<br />
CM<br />
Information<br />
Superiority<br />
DG<br />
Equipment<br />
DG<br />
Research &<br />
Technology<br />
CM<br />
Battlespace<br />
Manoeuvre<br />
DEC Above<br />
Water<br />
Effects<br />
DEC CCII<br />
Dir Capab<br />
Resource &<br />
Scrutiny<br />
Dir Analysis<br />
Expt &<br />
Simulation<br />
DEC<br />
Special<br />
Projects<br />
DEC<br />
Expedition<br />
Log & Supp<br />
DEC Under<br />
Water<br />
Effects<br />
DEC Deep<br />
Target<br />
Attack<br />
DEC<br />
ISTAR<br />
Director<br />
Equipment<br />
Plan<br />
Dir Equip<br />
Capability<br />
Secretariat<br />
Dir<br />
Concepts &<br />
Technology<br />
Military<br />
PoC for DG<br />
(R&T)<br />
CWG/DEC<br />
Air & Lit<br />
Man CWGs<br />
DEC Chem<br />
Bio Rad &<br />
Nuclear<br />
DEC<br />
Theatre<br />
Airspace<br />
DEC<br />
Ground<br />
Manoeuvre<br />
Directors of<br />
Equipment<br />
Capability<br />
(DEC) act as<br />
customer to<br />
Integrated Project Teams (IPTs)<br />
Customer 2 supports ECC decisions on<br />
equipment capability by providing<br />
advice and experience on concepts,<br />
doctrine, sustainability, training, force<br />
structure, personnel.<br />
IPT tasked with the acquisition of new<br />
capabilities.<br />
IPT function performed by Defence<br />
Procurement Agency (DPA) until<br />
manufacture when it transfers to the<br />
Defence Logistics Organisation (DLO).<br />
Figure 2-1: Major Organisations involved in the Acquisition Process<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.1.2 The Equipment Capability Customer<br />
The Equipment Capability Customer (ECC) is responsible for developing and<br />
managing a balanced and affordable equipment programme to meet the current<br />
and future needs of the Armed Forces.<br />
The ECC is responsible for:<br />
1. Requirements Definition – The capture, analysis, specification and<br />
progressive refinement of Capability needs to form a User Requirements<br />
Document (URD).<br />
2. Equipment Planning – The prioritisation and balance of investment<br />
between and within capabilities.<br />
3. Seeking Approvals – In conjunction with IPT Leaders.<br />
4. Authorising Acceptance – The confirmation that the need for equipment<br />
capability has been met by the systems supplied.<br />
2.1.3 The Joint Capability Board and Capability <strong>Management</strong><br />
Within the ECC organisation, a Joint Capability Board (JCB) exists. This is<br />
headed by the Deputy Chief of Defence Staff (Equipment Capability) (DCDS<br />
(EC)) and comprises a number of Capability Managers (CM), the Director<br />
General Equipment and the Director General (Research and Technology). The<br />
JCB is responsible for:<br />
• Providing strategic direction, based on departmental priorities.<br />
• Making Balance of Investment (BOI) decisions across the entire Equipment<br />
Programme.<br />
Each Capability Manager is responsible for a defined area of capability and has a<br />
number of Directors of Equipment Capability (DEC) who are responsible for<br />
projects. The DEC forms one or more Capability Working Groups (CWGs), which<br />
include representatives from all stakeholders in the capability area, including the<br />
IPT Leaders.<br />
Capability Working Groups are the primary means by which the views of<br />
stakeholders are accounted for and provide advice from which the empowered<br />
DEC makes decisions. The functions of the Capability Working Groups are:<br />
1. Strategic Planning – To include the review of current and predicted<br />
capability, capability gaps, potential equipment.<br />
2. Concept Development – The CWG’s principal output is specific<br />
equipment concepts as options to meet capability gaps, commissioning<br />
high-level operational analysis and applied research. This may lead to the<br />
development of a User Requirements Document (URD) and outline<br />
equipment options with cost, time and performance parameters that can<br />
form the basis of an Initial Gate business case. The CWG, in conjunction<br />
with the Capability Manager and the IPT, will sponsor a requirement<br />
through the Initial Gate Approval.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-4 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
3. Equipment Capability Acceptance – The DEC is the Acceptance<br />
Authority but the CWG is closely involved in the development of the<br />
Integrated Test, Evaluation and Acceptance Plan, the review of the<br />
Acceptance Submission by the IPT Leader, advice on formal Acceptance<br />
and subsequent Release to Service.<br />
The responsibility for <strong>HFI</strong> is shared between the Capability Working Group and<br />
the IPT. <strong>HFI</strong> helps the IPT and CWG work together, trading off changes that<br />
might be needed in equipment with changes to people and procedures to ensure<br />
total system effectiveness.<br />
2.1.4 The Second Customer Function<br />
Customer 2 is the user of the equipment capability and has two key roles, Core<br />
Leadership and Pivotal <strong>Management</strong> role. These are discussed below.<br />
2.1.4.1 Core Leadership<br />
This role is undertaken by the Single Service Chiefs and supports the ECC<br />
decisions on equipment capability by providing advice and experience on the full<br />
range of factors making up military capability, including concepts and doctrine,<br />
sustainability, training, force structure and personnel. Single Service Chiefs are<br />
responsible for ensuring that the Joint Capabilities Board and CWGs receive<br />
appropriate input on such matters for future equipment capability.<br />
2.1.4.2 Pivotal <strong>Management</strong><br />
This role is undertaken by the end-users of equipment, primarily the Front Line<br />
and Training Commands. This role focuses on in-service equipment and<br />
includes responsibility for defining the in-service outputs sought from the IPT and<br />
monitors IPT delivery performance. As the new equipment enters service,<br />
Customer 2 takes on the lead customer role and confirms with the IPT the level<br />
of in-service support required including availability, sustainability, and training to<br />
be provided.<br />
2.1.5 The Integrated Project Team<br />
The Integrated Project Team (IPT) is responsible for translating the ECC’s<br />
expression of the user requirements (the User Requirement Document (URD))<br />
into an output-based statement of what the system must do to meet these<br />
requirements (the System Requirement Document (SRD)). The IPT will also<br />
devise and cost equipment solutions to meet the SRD, produce the material<br />
required to support the Customer’s Main Gate Approval and manage the<br />
development, manufacture, in-service support and eventual disposal of the<br />
equipment. At the Manufacture phase, the control of the IPT passes from the<br />
DPA to the DLO. The IPT deals with the ECC mainly through the DEC.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.2 Key Project Documents and Events in the Acquisition Cycle<br />
It is important to realise that in most cases <strong>HFI</strong> outputs are produced to support<br />
other project documents, processes and outputs. As such, <strong>HFI</strong> deliverables need<br />
to be appropriately justified cross-referenced and linked. The need for particular<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities and any resulting outputs must be linked to actual need within a<br />
project context.<br />
The following are the key Project Documents and Processes that are agreed<br />
between the Customer and the IPT. An overview is given of <strong>HFI</strong> inputs to each<br />
of these documents and processes in the following sections.<br />
2.2.1 The User Requirement Document (URD)<br />
The User Requirements Document (URD) is the means by which the DEC<br />
develops, communicates, and maintains the user’s requirement throughout the<br />
life of the system. The URD also provides the benchmark against which the<br />
analysis of trade-offs is conducted and provides the criteria against which the<br />
final solution will be validated. It consists of a complete set of individual user<br />
requirements supported by other documents and identifies a set of Key User<br />
Requirements (KURs).<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> must begin at the URD development stage with an analysis of the human<br />
issues related to the acquisition of the proposed capability, and an assessment of<br />
the user requirements and risks. <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> input to the URD is therefore<br />
essential. An <strong>HFI</strong> objective during Concept is to ensure that the project phase<br />
outputs such as the URD take account of any human-related risks and issues<br />
that could seriously affect the ability of the system to meet the project objectives.<br />
2.2.2 The System Requirement Document (SRD)<br />
The SRD defines, in output terms, what the system must do to meet the user<br />
needs as defined in the URD. The linkage between individual requirements in<br />
the URD and the SRD is maintained to show the origin of every demand placed<br />
on the system and how each user requirement is met.<br />
During the Assessment phase, <strong>HFI</strong> activities are undertaken to quantify and<br />
begin to reduce the <strong>HFI</strong> risks identified during the Concept phase. This involves<br />
a systematic assessment of options using HF analysis, simulation, and modelling<br />
mock-ups, to capture requirements and assess risk.<br />
2.2.3 The Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP)<br />
The TLMP represents an integrated through-life approach to managing<br />
acquisition. This starts as soon as the ECC has identified the capability gap and<br />
continues up to the point of final disposal. The TLMP acts as a project<br />
‘knowledge base’ with related documents and sub-plans, for use in planning and<br />
decision-making. The TLMP applies throughout the CADMID lifecycle and draws<br />
out interdependencies between different parts of the project and with other<br />
projects.<br />
The TLMP is the repository for project plans and related documents, see also<br />
Chapter 1. As such it will contain <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> documents such as the <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P, see Chapter 4), and other relevant documents.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> input to other specialist plans, such as the Safety Plan and the ILS Plan, will<br />
also be required.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-6 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
2.2.4 Acceptance and In-Service Date<br />
The DEC is the Acceptance Authority. At an early stage during the acquisition<br />
process, the IPT Leader and the DEC will agree an acceptance strategy that will<br />
identify how the acceptance process will be applied, and will enable an Integrated<br />
Test, Evaluation and Acceptance Plan (ITEAP) to be drawn up. Acceptance is a<br />
progressive process that goes through the following stages, see Table 2-1.<br />
Stages<br />
Acceptance<br />
‘Stage’<br />
Description<br />
1 User and<br />
System<br />
Requirement<br />
2 Design<br />
Certification<br />
3 Initial<br />
Acceptance<br />
4 System<br />
Acceptance<br />
5 In-Service<br />
Date<br />
Acceptance occurs when these requirements and the<br />
acceptance criteria are endorsed by end users and<br />
stakeholders.<br />
Agreed by the IPT Leader<br />
This takes place where Service use is required before<br />
System Acceptance is achievable.<br />
System Acceptance determines whether the system<br />
acquired by the IPT satisfies the SRD as assessed by<br />
the DEC.<br />
In-Service Date is declared when the military<br />
capability provided by the system is assessed as<br />
available for operational use. In-Service Date<br />
acceptance requires that there is a usable quantity of<br />
the system integrated with all essential supporting<br />
elements declared by the DEC.<br />
Table 2-1: Project Acceptance Stages<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> input to the acceptance process is required at an early stage. In many<br />
projects, <strong>HFI</strong> input to the Integrated Test, Evaluation and Acceptance Plan<br />
(ITEAP) is necessary to detail the types of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> analysis, testing and<br />
acceptance criteria required to ensure that the user requirements are met. In<br />
addition, <strong>HFI</strong> input to Stage 1 of the Acceptance process is enabled via <strong>HFI</strong><br />
mechanisms such as <strong>HFI</strong> Working Groups, HF analyses and initial user testing<br />
with mock-ups and early prototypes. <strong>HFI</strong> input to user trials to support System<br />
Acceptance is usually required.<br />
2.3 The <strong>HFI</strong> Component of System Readiness<br />
The MoD Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System (AMS) identifies the need to<br />
periodically assess project progress in relation to planned targets in order to<br />
successfully manage risk. A major contributor to this process is the concept and<br />
application of System Readiness Levels (SRLs) to assess the maturity of a<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-7 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
project in relation to defined measurement topics, known as Key <strong>Integration</strong><br />
Parameters (KIPs), and defined milestones.<br />
For maritime projects, including both surface ships and submarines, a Maritime<br />
System Maturity assessment process is used. In this process, the SRL concept<br />
is expressed as Maritime System Maturity Levels (Maritime SMLs). Table 2-2<br />
summarises the nine Maritime SMLs, which span all project phases from Concept<br />
Exploration to Acceptance Sea Trials.<br />
Maritime<br />
SML Level<br />
SML 1<br />
SML 2<br />
SML 3<br />
SML 4<br />
SML 5<br />
SML 6<br />
SML 7<br />
SML 8<br />
SML 9<br />
Descriptor<br />
Needs Analysis / Concept Exploration<br />
Concept Definition / Feasibility Design<br />
Overall Ship Design<br />
Ship Sub-system Design<br />
Detailed Design <strong>Integration</strong><br />
Ship/Submarine Test and Acceptance Planning<br />
Ship/Submarine Assembly<br />
Post-Launch Outfit, Tests and Trials<br />
Acceptance Sea Trials<br />
Table 2-2: Maritime System Maturity Levels<br />
The MoD guidance document, ‘Maritime System Maturity’ [Ref 22], provides:<br />
• The background to the Maritime SML process.<br />
• The structure and technical detail of the Maritime SML assessment<br />
scheme.<br />
• Special requirements for Initial Gate and Main Gate milestones.<br />
• Special requirements for Naval Authority Regulation (relating to project<br />
areas that require formal certification, such as Vessel Stability, OME, and<br />
Escape & Evacuation).<br />
• Details of individual key issues and requirements.<br />
Within the Maritime System Maturity assessment process, the KIPs embrace<br />
Naval Architecture, Marine Engineering, Information <strong>Management</strong>, Combat<br />
System Engineering, Whole Ship Issues, Marine Interoperability, Safety, People,<br />
Reliability and Maintenance and Integrated Logistic Support.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues are addressed under the KIP heading of ‘People’, which<br />
embraces both <strong>HFI</strong> and the training of operational staff. However, the <strong>HFI</strong> Foci<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-8 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
must remember that <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues may arise in other KIPs, such as<br />
Habitability and Escape & Evacuation - (Naval Architecture KIP), Survivability<br />
(Whole Ship Issues KIP), System and Equipment usability (Maritime<br />
Interoperability KIP), Operating Instructions (Safety KIP).<br />
The Maritime SML schema relates to three ‘Systems Engineering Stages’<br />
(SESs), namely:<br />
• Requirements Formulation - Concept Development SES.<br />
• Engineering Development (Design & Construction/Trials Planning) SES.<br />
• Construction and Trials SES.<br />
Within each Systems Engineering Stage, a number of Maritime SML stages<br />
apply. The relationship between the Maritime System Maturity Levels and the<br />
CADMID Cycle Phases is illustrated in Figure 2-2.<br />
CADMID<br />
Cycle Phase<br />
Maritime SES<br />
Maritime<br />
SML<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Input<br />
INITIAL<br />
GATE<br />
MAIN<br />
GATE<br />
CONCEPT<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
DEMONSTRATION<br />
Requirements<br />
Formulation/Concept<br />
Definition SES<br />
Engineering<br />
Development SES<br />
Maritime SML 1<br />
Maritime SML 2<br />
Maritime SML 3<br />
Maritime SML 4<br />
Maritime SML 5<br />
Appropriate<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Activities,<br />
Events and<br />
Milestones<br />
Maritime SML 6<br />
MANUFACTURE<br />
Construction &<br />
Trials SES<br />
Maritime SML 7<br />
Maritime SML 8<br />
Maritime SML 9<br />
IN-SERVICE<br />
Ongoing <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Support to<br />
Operations<br />
and In-Service<br />
Capability<br />
Upgrades<br />
DISPOSAL<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Input to<br />
Safe Disposal<br />
Figure 2-2: Relationship Between Maritime System Maturity Levels and<br />
CADMID Cycle Phases<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-9 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.3.1 People KIP Issues<br />
The detailed scope of People KIP issues is shown within the Maritime SML<br />
schema, see Table 2-3 through Table 2-11 below.<br />
SML 1 - Needs Analysis / Concept Exploration.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• IPT <strong>HFI</strong> Manager appointed with agreed Terms of Reference.<br />
• IPT <strong>HFI</strong> Focus appointed with agreed Terms of Reference.<br />
• Project <strong>HFI</strong> Strategy Defined.<br />
• Draft <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) produced.<br />
• Stakeholder and User Groups identified and appropriate<br />
Working Groups convened.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Issues Log/Risk Register created.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
• Baseline assumptions and constraints documented.<br />
• Mission and Operational Analyses conducted.<br />
• Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA) complete.<br />
• Initial HF Impact Assessments complete.<br />
• High-Level Function, Task and Role analyses complete.<br />
• Project-Specific TAD created from RNGTAD.<br />
• Initial Complementing Estimates complete.<br />
• Initial Training impact assessment complete.<br />
Table 2-3: Maritime SML 1 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 2 - Concept Definition / Feasibility Design.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>P complete, agreed, disseminated and in use.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Issues Log/Risk Register fully populated.<br />
• PS-TAD fully populated, disseminated and in use.<br />
• PS-TAD management system in place.<br />
• Mission analyses, Operability Scenario analysis and Functions<br />
analysis complete.<br />
• Key User Needs and inputs identified.<br />
• Essential Task Analyses complete.<br />
• Allocations of Functions confirmed.<br />
• User roles, tasks and activities defined.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-10 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
• Key <strong>Human</strong> Performance Issues identified and analysed.<br />
• Complementing studies mature.<br />
• HMI and HCI Design Principles agreed.<br />
• Training Analyses mature.<br />
• HF Trade-Off Analyses mature.<br />
• Cost of People Component well understood.<br />
Table 2-4: Maritime SML 2 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 3 - Overall Ship Design.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>P updated and re-issued.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Sub-Plans produced and agreed.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Issues Log/Risk Register agreed.<br />
• TLMP updated from <strong>HFI</strong> information.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
• Detailed SOC produced.<br />
• TNA Complete.<br />
• HMI and HCI initial designs produced.<br />
• HMI Style <strong>Guide</strong>s identified, selected or created as appropriate.<br />
Table 2-5: Maritime SML 3 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 4 - Ship Sub-System Design.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>Ps updated and re-issued as necessary.<br />
• HF Issues, Risks and Mitigations fully mature.<br />
• Compartment, workspace and workstation designs mature.<br />
• Detailed HMI and HCI design substantially complete.<br />
• Initial Operability Trials underway.<br />
• Training system URD mature, based on completed TNA.<br />
Table 2-6: Maritime SML 4 KIP Requirements<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-11 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
SML 5- Detailed Design <strong>Integration</strong>.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>Ps updated and re-issued as necessary.<br />
• Key HF Issues Log items closed out.<br />
• Detailed HMI and HCI design fully complete.<br />
• Operator instructions mature.<br />
• Equipment Operability assessments mature.<br />
• Confirm validity of TNA against maturing HMI and HCI designs.<br />
• Safety-related operator actions identified and validated.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Input to Ship Safety Case mature.<br />
Table 2-7: Maritime SML 5 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 6 - Ship/Submarine Test and Acceptance Planning.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>Ps updated and re-issued as necessary.<br />
• Equipment Operability Trials planning complete.<br />
• Identify User/Equipment mismatches and evaluate impacts.<br />
• Verify Operational and Training Performance Statements.<br />
• Draft Operating Instructions and Guidance produced.<br />
Table 2-8: Maritime SML 6 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 7 - Ship/Submarine Assembly.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>Ps updated and re-issued as necessary.<br />
• Operator Workload analyses complete.<br />
• Operator Performance evaluations complete.<br />
• Situational awareness analyses complete.<br />
• Operability Trials planning complete.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-12 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
• Operational and Training Performance Statements verification<br />
complete.<br />
• Safety-related human performance analyses complete.<br />
• Procedural mitigation of safety risks verified.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> contribution to Ship Safety Case complete.<br />
Table 2-9: Maritime SML 7 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 8 - Post-Launch Outfit, Tests and Trials.<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>Ps updated and re-issued as necessary.<br />
• Operability Trials complete.<br />
• Contractual acceptance of HF-related features (with appropriate<br />
input from <strong>HFI</strong> SMEs).<br />
• HF Aspects of ITT via ITEAP verified. (with appropriate input<br />
from <strong>HFI</strong> SMEs).<br />
• Operating procedures and User Instructions verified and safety<br />
aspects approved by Safety Authority.<br />
• Procedural risk mitigations proved and signed off.<br />
• Operability trials complete and accepted.<br />
• Necessary interoperability features demonstrated.<br />
• Procedural mitigation of safety risks proven and demonstrated.<br />
Table 2-10: Maritime SML 8 KIP Requirements<br />
SML 9 - Acceptance Sea Trials<br />
KIP Topic<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Issues.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Issues.<br />
Key Requirements<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong>Ps updated and re-issued as necessary.<br />
• Document human and organisational lessons learnt to inform<br />
future capability upgrades and new systems.<br />
• Provide support for capability upgrades in-service.<br />
• Finalise and validate TNA.<br />
• Ensure TNA identifies course/lesson content and plans.<br />
Table 2-11: Maritime SML 9 KIP Requirements<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-13 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.4 Introduction to <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
2.4.1 Overview of <strong>HFI</strong> Mechanisms<br />
This section introduces the processes and mechanisms for conducting <strong>HFI</strong> within<br />
a project. The key project and <strong>HFI</strong> objectives are outlined along with an overview<br />
of the <strong>HFI</strong> activities required to achieve these objectives. The information<br />
contained within this section is taken from the ‘Introductory <strong>Guide</strong>’ [Ref 3] and the<br />
‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17]. This chapter does not describe <strong>HFI</strong><br />
technical activities, which are described in more detail in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 [Ref 1].<br />
Subsequent sections and chapters within this <strong>Guide</strong> provide greater detail to the<br />
topics highlighted in this section.<br />
The processes and mechanisms described in this and subsequent chapters are<br />
the means by which <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> is addressed within the project. It is the role<br />
of the IPT Leader and the appointed <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to determine how these<br />
processes will be managed and who is responsible for this management. In<br />
some cases, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus may be directly responsible for ensuring that these<br />
elements are carried out. In many cases, however, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus will delegate<br />
responsibility to the HF Supplier or an HF Specialist within the IPT. Figure 2-3<br />
shows a representation of the activities within the <strong>HFI</strong> process.<br />
Figure 2-3: <strong>HFI</strong> Process Activities<br />
The core process of <strong>HFI</strong> is focused on an understanding of human-related<br />
issues, risks and opportunities for the project. Several key processes are<br />
implemented to manage these issues and the <strong>HFI</strong> processes are addressed<br />
within this <strong>Guide</strong> as follows, see Table 2-12.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-14 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Process<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 Chapter<br />
Co-ordination <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 3<br />
Identifying and managing<br />
requirements<br />
Identifying and managing the<br />
issues<br />
Contribution to project outputs<br />
(and plans)<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong><br />
Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
Managing and monitoring the<br />
project<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 3<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 3<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 1<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 3<br />
Managing acceptance <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0, Chapter 3<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Process<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chapter<br />
Supporting analysis <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1, Chapters 4-17<br />
Table 2-12: <strong>Guide</strong> to <strong>HFI</strong> Processes within the STGPs<br />
There is a degree of overlap between these processes, such that the outputs<br />
from one process may inform another.<br />
2.5 System <strong>Integration</strong><br />
Two principal objectives of <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and its companion volume <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
are to facilitate the acquisition of Naval operational capability, and to optimise the<br />
integration of that capability into existing Naval operational, management and<br />
training systems.<br />
This is a complex process that needs to be addressed from the outset of a<br />
project. This section of the <strong>Guide</strong> describes current and emerging approaches,<br />
methods and tools with which to better manage system integration issues. These<br />
approaches use the concept of an overall system with various components, and<br />
provide structures against which the need for particular <strong>HFI</strong> Focus activities can<br />
be determined.<br />
A potential barrier to good <strong>HFI</strong> within a project is any approach that focuses on<br />
the procurement of equipment, rather than the procurement of capability,<br />
particularly in the early stages of a project. Early focus on equipment can result<br />
in a (defective) <strong>HFI</strong> process in which the role of people in a system is entirely<br />
determined by needs generated by equipment design or choice. This is likely to<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-15 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
result in sub-optimal solutions, sub-optimal system performance and possible<br />
deleterious effects on the human component of the system.<br />
Whilst this guide is directed to Naval capability acquisition, the principles<br />
discussed here may be applied to Land and Air capability components. As<br />
technology enables greater degrees of interactive working between Sea, Air, and<br />
Land forces, the need for a more consistent tri-service approach to capability<br />
integration will become increasingly prominent.<br />
For the purposes of discussion, Military Operational Capability can be regarded<br />
as a collection of systems that operate with varying degrees of interaction and<br />
cooperation, see Figure 2-4. The systems are called socio-technical systems,<br />
because they comprise not only inanimate components, such as land, buildings,<br />
platforms, and large and small equipment, but also an animate component; the<br />
people who direct, use, and support the inanimate parts.<br />
MILITARY CAPABILITY<br />
SYSTEM 1 SYSTEM 3<br />
SYSTEM 2<br />
MANAGEMENT<br />
SYSTEM<br />
SUPPORT SYSTEM<br />
Figure 2-4: Capability Component Interactions<br />
Military systems comprise fixed assets, platforms, equipment, materiel and<br />
people in a wide variety of combinations. Each of these elements may be<br />
regarded as a ‘component’ of the system. System components may be linked<br />
physically, electronically, logically or organisationally.<br />
In reality, the ‘People Component’ is distributed throughout the system in the<br />
form of operators, maintainers, supporters, facilitators, managers, and many<br />
other specific roles. The people component operates under structures, and in<br />
accordance with a wide range of operational, social and ethical ‘rules’, expressed<br />
in the form of policies, directives, regulations, procedures and many other, less<br />
formal mechanisms.<br />
The complexity of such systems creates a challenge for the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus and<br />
others concerned with <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>. It is important to remember<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-16 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
that the goal of <strong>HFI</strong> is not to ‘fit’ the people component into the technological part<br />
of the system. The goal of the <strong>HFI</strong> process is to integrate the people component<br />
WITH the technology, logistic and organisational components using appropriate<br />
methods and tools.<br />
2.5.1 The Components of Operational Capability<br />
In very simple terms, Overall Capability can be regarded as comprising two<br />
principal components: the Technology Component (of Operational Capability)<br />
(TCOC) and the People Component (of Operational Capability) (PCOC), see<br />
Figure 2-5.<br />
Socio-Technical<br />
Systems<br />
(Who does what, where, when,<br />
how, why and with whom)<br />
People<br />
Technology<br />
Figure 2-5: Principal System Components<br />
Historically, MoD Acquisition processes have focussed effort on the technological<br />
components of operational capability. In today’s Defence environment, the<br />
significance of the People component, measured both in terms of the cost of<br />
ownership and operational effectiveness, is an increasingly important<br />
consideration. In order to achieve cost-effective systems, it is vital that system<br />
functions are appropriately assigned to the various system components<br />
(Allocation of Functions).<br />
At the formation of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> as a formal discipline, system functions were<br />
often regarded as carried out by people OR carried out by machine.<br />
Developments in technology, particularly in the capability of computer-based<br />
systems, now means that this simple, dualistic model does is inadequate to<br />
ensure satisfactory integration of People into systems. In practice, the allocation<br />
of functions and tasks between people and technology requires a more<br />
sophisticated approach that recognises a continuum of possible allocations, see<br />
Figure 2-6. In some situations, task allocation may be carried out dynamically at<br />
the initiation of the machine component, but under the overall control of the<br />
human.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-17 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Best done by<br />
humans, but<br />
can be done<br />
by machine<br />
Can only be<br />
done by<br />
humans<br />
Best shared between<br />
humans and machines<br />
Can only be done by<br />
machines<br />
People<br />
Best done by<br />
machines, but<br />
can be done<br />
by humans<br />
Technology & Equipment<br />
Figure 2-6: Allocation of Functions Continuum<br />
2.5.2 Defence Lines of Development<br />
An increasingly useful tool to assist with the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> process<br />
is the Defence Lines of Development (DLOD). The DLODs provide a defined<br />
structure against which to address <strong>HFI</strong> issues across single and multiple<br />
capabilities, and thus achieve coherence in capability evolution. For the early<br />
stages of a project (Pre-Concept, Concept and into Assessment phases), the<br />
DLOD structure provides a more comprehensive taxonomy than that provided by<br />
the <strong>HFI</strong> Domains, which have greater application in the Design, Manufacture and<br />
Testing stages. There are eight DLODs 1 , see Table 2-13.<br />
DLOD<br />
Concepts and<br />
Doctrine<br />
Principal Components<br />
• The expression of required future capabilities<br />
• The expression of the principles which guide military<br />
forces actions<br />
• The authoritative codification of how military activity is to<br />
be conducted<br />
• Arrangements for inter-force and International cooperations.<br />
Related <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Domains<br />
Personnel • Manpower numbers<br />
• Personnel characteristics<br />
• Personnel capabilities<br />
• Recruitment<br />
• Retention<br />
• People structures<br />
• Ethos, morale and motivation<br />
• Career development<br />
Manpower<br />
Personnel<br />
1 These definitions are derived from ‘Defence Lines of Development’ [Ref 23] published by the Joint<br />
Doctrines and Concepts Centre (JDCC). The terminology used is consistent with JWP 0-<strong>01</strong>.1 ‘UK<br />
Glossary of Joint and Multinational Terms and Definitions’ [Ref 24].<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-18 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
DLOD<br />
Principal Components<br />
• Release<br />
• Terms and Conditions<br />
• Manning requirement<br />
• Manpower plans<br />
• Schemes of Complement<br />
• Personnel management and administration<br />
Related <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Domains<br />
Organisation • Military Force structures<br />
• Military Branch structures<br />
• MoD Civilian organisational structures<br />
• MoD Support Supplier structures<br />
Training • Training facilities<br />
• Training equipment<br />
• Training materials<br />
• Training staff<br />
• Training methods (Collective & Individual)<br />
• Training programmes<br />
Manpower<br />
Personnel<br />
Training<br />
Equipment<br />
Information<br />
Infrastructure<br />
All operational and non-operational, deployable and nondeployable<br />
equipment:<br />
• Platforms<br />
• Equipment<br />
• Hardware<br />
• Software<br />
• PPE<br />
• Materiel<br />
• Legacy systems<br />
The timely provision of coherent data, information and<br />
knowledge to support capability in an operational context,<br />
including data, information and knowledge:<br />
• Acquisition<br />
• Storage<br />
• Processing<br />
• Dissemination<br />
• End use<br />
• Security<br />
Fixed and permanent:<br />
• Land<br />
• Work-related buildings<br />
• Berths<br />
• Training areas<br />
• Training buildings, areas and locations<br />
• Accommodation<br />
• Storage facilities<br />
• Housing<br />
• Structures<br />
<strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong><br />
Engineering<br />
<strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong><br />
Engineering<br />
<strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong><br />
Engineering<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-19 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
DLOD<br />
Principal Components<br />
• Utilities<br />
• POL facilities<br />
• Facility management services<br />
• Estate development<br />
Related <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Domains<br />
Logistics • Maintenance of forces<br />
• Materiel acquisition<br />
• Materiel storage<br />
• Materiel transport<br />
• Materiel distribution<br />
• Transport of personnel<br />
• Acquisition, construction, maintenance, operation and<br />
disposal of facilities<br />
• Provision of services<br />
• Provision and support of medical and health services<br />
Table 2-13: Defence Lines of Development (DLOD)<br />
2.5.3 DLOD Inter-relationships<br />
In the case of both the DLODs and the <strong>HFI</strong> Domains, intelligent use of each<br />
framework is essential. The two taxonomies exist to support structured analysis<br />
and issues management. They must not be seen as isolated stove piped boxes<br />
in which issues are considered in isolation. The concept of INTEGRATION of<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues between the individual DLODs and the individual <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Domains remains paramount.<br />
2.5.4 The ‘People’ Line of Development<br />
For the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus, a particularly useful emerging concept is that of a ‘Super<br />
LOD’, namely the People Line of Development, see Figure 2-7. The People Line<br />
of Development subsumes a number of the DLODs in whole or part, and<br />
provides a useful concept through which to summate and address people-related<br />
issues.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-20 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
Created by<br />
people, Concepts<br />
and Doctrine<br />
determine how<br />
people operate<br />
and use<br />
equipment.<br />
Logistics<br />
DLOD<br />
Concepts & Doctrine<br />
DLOD<br />
Personnel DLOD<br />
<strong>Human</strong>-Machine Interface<br />
Infrastructure DLOD<br />
The PEOPLE Super LOD<br />
Organisation DLOD<br />
Training DLOD<br />
Information DLOD<br />
Provides the<br />
physical<br />
environment in<br />
which People<br />
work.<br />
Provides the<br />
structures in<br />
which People<br />
work.<br />
Provides People<br />
with the required<br />
<strong>Human</strong><br />
Capabilities.<br />
Provides Data,<br />
Information and<br />
Knowledge with<br />
which People<br />
work. Some<br />
information is<br />
provided by the<br />
Equipment; some<br />
by <strong>Human</strong>s.<br />
Equipment DLOD<br />
Figure 2-7: The People Super Line of Development<br />
2.5.5 Trade Off Analyses<br />
The People ‘Super LOD’ forms a so-called ‘trade space’ in which the many<br />
required trade-off decisions can be made, taking into account the impact of a<br />
decision in one DLOD on other related DLODs.<br />
The equipment component of the solution cannot be optimised in isolation.<br />
Equipment trade-offs that change the performance or function at the interface<br />
with the human component (operators, maintainers or support staff) must be<br />
assessed to determine how they affect the human performance. Likewise,<br />
opportunities to improve human performance, to reduce training or manning, etc.<br />
through changes to equipment must also be explored.<br />
A key activity in the Pre-Concept and Concept phases is to develop an adequate<br />
understanding of the human-related risks and opportunities in a proposed project<br />
or range of project options. This understanding is required to underpin all<br />
subsequent <strong>HFI</strong> activities, since the human component is a major source of cost,<br />
and usually a critical factor in system effectiveness. Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Analysis (EHFA) is a simple, systematic process for identifying and assessing<br />
human issues, and then deciding how to manage them. Pointers to humanrelated<br />
risks can be found in operational experience, changes to the operational<br />
context, procurement constraints and research programmes. Risks identified in<br />
Concept should be reviewed, and any new risks assessed. Quantifying humanrelated<br />
risks requires detailed analysis, which will vary with the nature of the risk.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-21 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Decisions taken at Main Gate are dependent on being able to make good<br />
estimates of overall cost and effectiveness of each technology option. <strong>Human</strong>related<br />
costs typically dominate Whole Life Costs, and detrimental human<br />
performance caused by poor <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> can undermine the<br />
effectiveness of apparently good equipment. The human dimension of the<br />
Combined Operational Effectiveness and Investment Appraisal (COEIA) is<br />
therefore critical, more so when the options differ significantly in nature. See<br />
‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] for guidance on how to assess human<br />
performance impact and human-related costs in support of the COEIA process.<br />
2.5.6 System Properties<br />
In addition to the DLODs, JDCC documentation highlights the need to consider<br />
overarching themes, such as Interoperability. The Interoperability theme may be<br />
considered to be one example of a number of ‘essential system properties’ that a<br />
system should possess. Such properties include:<br />
• Affordability<br />
• Safety<br />
• Ability to be Licensed (nuclear and safety-critical)<br />
• Operability (including ability to be Manned)<br />
• Interoperability<br />
• Maintainability<br />
• Sustainability<br />
• Ability to be Integrated into wider systems<br />
• Ability to be Upgraded<br />
• Suitability for safe Disposal<br />
For a given system, these various property requirements may conflict in whole or<br />
part, and may thus call for trade-offs to be considered. The relative importance<br />
of these properties and the absolute importance to MoD will be project-specific<br />
parameters and these must be determined in the early phase of the project.<br />
Some of these may be addressed in the User Requirement Document (URD), but<br />
others may need to be explored with Stakeholders and researched in some<br />
detail.<br />
Development of System Property Requirements is greatly assisted by<br />
considering a Capability in a systematic manner. New tools to facilitate the<br />
process of assessing the impact of a proposed Capability or to compare different<br />
Capability options are being developed.<br />
Capability Impact Assessment tools seek to provide a comprehensive framework<br />
against which a new Capability, or a Capability upgrade can be assessed. In the<br />
early stages of a project, concepts may (rightly) be only loosely defined and be<br />
fluid. This may be particularly true for the People Component, where several<br />
Manning options may be available, with consequent implications for levels of<br />
automation and technology implementation. New technology may imply radical<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-22 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
changes to existing recruiting, selection, training and deployment systems and<br />
practices.<br />
In this process, a high degree of trade-off analysis may be required to identify an<br />
optimum solution. Research may be needed to provide the necessary supporting<br />
data. It is important to understand the degree to which User Requirements and<br />
in particular Key User Requirements (KUR) are negotiable in order to apply tradeoff<br />
analyses appropriately.<br />
The impact assessment process should consider all aspects of the capability,<br />
including the essential system properties described above. The DLOD<br />
framework provides one schema on which to base an assessment. A refinement<br />
of the People Super-LOD structure is being developed (known as ‘PCOC-IMT’).<br />
Advice on the availability of these tools can be obtained from SSG-CSHF,<br />
DCDS(Pers) and Customer 1 (EC AWE-FSC), see Annex 2.<br />
2.5.7 People Requirements Definition<br />
People Requirements for Naval Capability are rightly the province of Customer 2<br />
(2SL). Improved methods and tools to define and communicate Customer 2<br />
Personnel Line of Development Principles are being developed by FLEET –<br />
ACOS(NPS), the PLOD champion. A strategic level generic document is being<br />
produced with links to related documents and information that will give guidance<br />
on more detailed people related requirements.<br />
Advice on the PLOD principles can be obtained from SSG-CSHF, CVF and T45<br />
2SLLO’s and FLEET-NPS SPOL CUST2 SO2 - see Annex 2.<br />
2.5.8 People-Related Needs<br />
People requirements can be separated into a number of subsets, based on<br />
physical, psychological, social and behavioural theory. A so-called hierarchy of<br />
human needs exists 2 , see Figure 2-8. Basic needs include air, water, light,<br />
safety, etc. At higher levels in the hierarchy, social factors such as social<br />
interaction, job satisfaction and self-development operate. If lower level needs<br />
are not adequately met, performance in the higher order functions is degraded.<br />
2 Maslow ’54 ‘Motivation and Personality’ [Ref 25].<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-23 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Self-development Needs:<br />
personal growth and fulfillment.<br />
Organisation.<br />
Personnel.<br />
Training.<br />
Self-esteem Needs:<br />
status, responsibility, achievement.<br />
Organisation.<br />
Personnel.<br />
Training.<br />
Social Needs:<br />
Service, work group, family, friends.<br />
Organisation.<br />
Safety Needs:<br />
security, defined and stable rules for behaviour and<br />
working.<br />
Concepts & Doctrine.<br />
Organisation.<br />
Biological and Physiological Needs:<br />
air, water, food, shelter, warmth (cooling) sleep, etc.<br />
Infrastructure.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering.<br />
Figure 2-8: Hierarchies of <strong>Human</strong> Needs<br />
2.5.9 Intrinsic <strong>Human</strong> Needs<br />
In this hierarchy, lower-level human needs are often taken to be axiomatic and<br />
therefore not explicitly defined by the Customer. User Requirements Documents<br />
(URD) will typically not address such details, simply defining overall conditions of<br />
operation or focussing only on capability-related human needs. A key role of the<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> discipline is to systematically define and expound such basic<br />
needs. Solutions to such needs can be defined using universal ergonomics data,<br />
and will be met through the application of best practice in the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Engineering <strong>HFI</strong> Domain.<br />
Conversely, the designers of equipment may fail to take into account the higherorder<br />
human needs, believing them to be under the control of the Customer and<br />
User organisations. Successful <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> requires that all levels<br />
in this hierarchy to be addressed in development of system solutions. This<br />
requires fully interactive working between Capability provider, Customer and User<br />
organisations, to arrive at mutual understandings of the absolute and relative<br />
importance of <strong>Human</strong> requirements in a particular project situation.<br />
2.5.10 Capability Related (Extrinsic) <strong>Human</strong> Needs<br />
A given Capability will require the human component within the system to<br />
perform certain tasks and achieve certain goals. The details of these may be<br />
mission-specific or context-dependant. These requirements will lead to certain<br />
human needs. Some such needs may be expressed in the User Requirements<br />
Document, but are often expressed in the form of design constraints, e.g. “the<br />
capability shall be able to operate under environmental conditions defined in Def<br />
Stan 00-30”. Whilst it may be possible to design equipment to operate under<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-24 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
such conditions, it may not be realistic to require humans to work under the same<br />
set of conditions. Such a requirement therefore leads to a secondary derived<br />
requirement for a more controlled work place environment for the human<br />
component.<br />
Capability-related requirements will typically be contained in System<br />
Requirements Documents (SRD). Typically, Capability-related <strong>Human</strong> Needs<br />
will be expressed in functional terms, such as “the system shall enable the<br />
user to … “. To determine <strong>Human</strong> Needs from such a statement requires<br />
decisions on how system functions are to allocate to <strong>Human</strong>s and machines,<br />
together with a full understanding of how the <strong>Human</strong> will interact with the<br />
machine and with other human components within the system.<br />
2.5.11 Project Related <strong>Human</strong> Needs<br />
In addition to intrinsic human need and capability-related human needs, other<br />
prescriptive requirements that impact upon human needs may have to be<br />
considered. For policy or doctrinal reasons, the Customer may, for example,<br />
dictate a particular organisational structure, method of operation or manning<br />
philosophy. Such decisions may present design constraints that impact upon the<br />
way in which the human component of a system must be integrated, and thus<br />
may generate <strong>Human</strong>-related needs.<br />
2.5.12 Readiness Levels<br />
Within the concept of SMART procurement and the CADMID cycle, the DPA<br />
Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System defines a project-wide scheme, that of System<br />
Readiness Levels (SRL), through which the maturity of a project may be<br />
assessed in terms of Key <strong>Integration</strong> Parameters (KIP). This scheme identifies<br />
both Technical and Project <strong>Management</strong> issues. Key <strong>Integration</strong> Parameters<br />
include <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> and Training as specific items.<br />
The concept of System Readiness Levels expands upon the proven, but more<br />
restricted concept of Technology Readiness Levels (TRLs). Within the SRL<br />
Schema, People issues are embedded within appropriate topic areas. It is<br />
important to recognise that, in this context, the term People Readiness Level<br />
does not refer to the readiness of individuals or groups of Service men and<br />
Service women to undertake their operational roles. This is assured through<br />
MoD recruitment, selection and training systems. In the context of SRLs, viz.<br />
Figure 2-9, the term refers to the maturity of the various systems and the<br />
processes by which sufficient people, having the appropriate knowledge skills,<br />
abilities and motivation will be made available at the correct time, to operate and<br />
maintain the capability.<br />
People<br />
Readiness<br />
Levels<br />
System Readiness<br />
Levels<br />
Technology<br />
Readiness<br />
Levels<br />
Figure 2-9: Readiness Level Components<br />
Whilst many, if not all, of these systems are under the control of Customer 2,<br />
DPA staff, including the HF Focus, cannot assume that the ‘systems’ will<br />
automatically include requirements for what is needed. Therefore a formal<br />
process is needed.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-25 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
For Naval Projects, a domain-specific process exists to assess project maturity,<br />
see previously Section 2.3.<br />
2.6 <strong>HFI</strong> and the CADMID Lifecycle<br />
Figure 2-10: The CADMID Phases<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> management process follows the structure of Smart Acquisition in<br />
general, from Concept through to the Disposal Phase, see Figure 2-10. The<br />
following overview of <strong>HFI</strong> lifecycle activities applies:<br />
• Concept<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> must begin in the Concept phase, preferably in any Pre-Concept phase, with<br />
an analysis of human issues related to the acquisition of the proposed capability,<br />
and an assessment of the associated risks and requirements. This process is<br />
known as Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA). The issues drive detailed <strong>HFI</strong><br />
planning for subsequent phases. The <strong>HFI</strong> objective is to ensure that the HF<br />
issues are adequately reflected in the Initial Gate submission.<br />
• Assessment<br />
In Assessment, more detailed work explores and quantifies the <strong>HFI</strong> issues and<br />
risks, gathering information about user tasks, working conditions and expected<br />
performance. Major issues, such as manpower reduction, workload,<br />
performance shortfalls or safety are assessed for different options. Suppliers<br />
develop <strong>HFI</strong> aspects of their potential solutions, supported by demonstrations<br />
and other evidence. MoD’s <strong>HFI</strong> objective is to ensure that Suppliers clearly focus<br />
on the human-related issues, and that <strong>HFI</strong> results are fairly represented in the<br />
Main Gate submission.<br />
• Demonstration<br />
After Main Gate, specifications are refined to ensure robust <strong>HFI</strong> content, with<br />
clear human performance targets. <strong>HFI</strong> concerns must be included in the downselection<br />
criteria for equipment characteristics, associated services, overall<br />
integration and the process offered to develop and deliver the solution and<br />
reduce risks. The IPT provides access to user expertise to support the Supplier’s<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> team.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-26 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
• Manufacture<br />
The Supplier <strong>HFI</strong> team will lead on most aspects of equipment <strong>HFI</strong>, with MoD<br />
ensuring integration with training development, tactics development, support<br />
strategy, etc. The MoD tracks Supplier-provided evidence, with increasing input<br />
from representative end-user trials, in order to build confidence in equipment<br />
operability, leading to acceptance and subsequent hand-over to DLO.<br />
• In-Service<br />
Declaration of In-Service Date (ISD) follows demonstration of effective integration<br />
of the equipment with the human component (personnel, procedures, support<br />
and training regimes) under operational conditions. While in service, <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evaluation helps to identify any human-related performance shortfalls or failures<br />
of human-equipment integration. Where capability increments are proposed the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> process repeats in microcosm of the earlier phases.<br />
• Disposal<br />
The aim is to dispose of the equipment efficiently, effectively and safely. <strong>HFI</strong><br />
involves assessment of health and safety issues of the disposal process.<br />
The rest of this section provides the details of the high-level <strong>HFI</strong> objectives that<br />
are supported by the <strong>HFI</strong> mechanisms and activities described in this <strong>Guide</strong> (and,<br />
to some extent, within <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1). These high-level objectives are the<br />
responsibility of the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus but the activities required to achieve them may be<br />
delegated to other HF Specialists within the IPT as required by the project. For<br />
example, the identification of requirements and the assessment of risk may be<br />
managed by the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus but may be generated by the HF Specialist.<br />
2.6.1 Concept Phase<br />
2.6.1.1 Objectives<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
1. Produce<br />
User<br />
Requirements<br />
Document<br />
(URD)<br />
2. Form the IPT<br />
3. Begin<br />
dialogue with<br />
industry<br />
1. Contribute to relevant<br />
sections of URD based<br />
on human-related<br />
issues<br />
2. Nominate <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
in IPT<br />
3. Involve industry <strong>HFI</strong><br />
teams in identification of<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> issues<br />
• Conduct Early<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Analysis<br />
(EHFA)<br />
• Develop<br />
Description of<br />
users (PSTAD)<br />
• Develop Highlevel<br />
task<br />
description<br />
• Identify<br />
personnelrelated<br />
risks<br />
which drive<br />
plans and<br />
requirements<br />
• Identify User<br />
data needed<br />
for URD<br />
• Develop<br />
baseline for<br />
work in<br />
Assessment<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-27 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
4. Identify<br />
technology and<br />
procurement<br />
options for<br />
further<br />
investigation<br />
5. Plan and<br />
obtain funding<br />
for Assessment<br />
phase (with<br />
time, cost and<br />
performance<br />
boundaries)<br />
6. State outline<br />
cost and<br />
performance<br />
boundaries for<br />
whole project<br />
4. Identify human<br />
implications of<br />
technology and<br />
procurement options<br />
5. Plan Assessment<br />
work to quantify and<br />
mitigate <strong>HFI</strong> risks, and<br />
to provide HF Data<br />
6. Identify outline <strong>HFI</strong><br />
activities to be<br />
conducted throughout<br />
the project life cycle<br />
7. Contribute to the IG<br />
submission, in terms of<br />
human-related costs<br />
and effectiveness of<br />
human integration<br />
• Specify need<br />
for detailed HF<br />
analyses<br />
• Conduct<br />
Outline<br />
manning<br />
analysis<br />
• User interface<br />
prototyping (to<br />
clarify<br />
requirements)<br />
• Specify<br />
outline<br />
operability<br />
targets<br />
• Ensure<br />
budget,<br />
resources and<br />
contracts are in<br />
place to<br />
address risks<br />
• Contribute to<br />
cost forecast<br />
• Develop<br />
content for<br />
URD and<br />
outline SRD<br />
7. Pass Initial<br />
Gate (IG)<br />
8. Undertake or<br />
commission <strong>HFI</strong><br />
analysis to support the<br />
above<br />
Table 2-14: Concept Phase <strong>HFI</strong> Objectives and Activities<br />
2.6.1.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Concept<br />
• Contribute to URD<br />
The URD specifies the required military capability, which in almost all cases will<br />
be provided by some combination of equipment, manpower, training, doctrine,<br />
support, etc. The URD plays a pivotal role in the whole acquisition project, since<br />
it drives all later requirements and plans. It is extremely rare for personnel not to<br />
form part of a capability. It is therefore important to provide appropriate<br />
high-level ‘hooks’ in the URD to which more specific <strong>HFI</strong> requirements in the SRD<br />
can be traced. The URD is owned by the DEC, and for a simple project might be<br />
written by one or more members of the CWG. In many cases, however, the final<br />
document will be prepared with assistance from the IPT. See ‘Practical<br />
Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] for the typical <strong>HFI</strong> content of each section of a URD.<br />
• Nominate <strong>HFI</strong> Focus in IPT<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is a mandatory role within the IPT. In a small IPT, this will<br />
normally be shared with another role. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus need not be (and in<br />
practice, rarely will be) an HF Specialist, but should be committed to properly<br />
managing the human issues within the project. Since much <strong>HFI</strong> activity involves<br />
influencing other stakeholders whose responsibility overlaps with <strong>HFI</strong>, the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-28 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
Focus should be a good ‘influencer’. The IPT Leader has ultimate responsibility<br />
for <strong>HFI</strong>, and in some cases might assume the working-level role as well.<br />
• Involve Industry <strong>HFI</strong> Teams in Identification of Issues<br />
During Concept, the IPT will normally brief industry on the emerging requirement<br />
and seek ideas on relevant technology developments. These briefings should<br />
include reference to human-related issues, especially where the issues arise<br />
from weaknesses of human integration in current capability, or from proposed<br />
changes in the relationship between human and equipment. Ideally, the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Focus will open two-way dialogues with relevant <strong>HFI</strong> teams within industry.<br />
• Identify <strong>Human</strong> Implications of Options<br />
Identifying human implications of options is the key <strong>HFI</strong> activity in Concept<br />
phase. An understanding of the human-related risks and opportunities should<br />
drive the whole <strong>HFI</strong> effort, since the human component is a major source of cost,<br />
and usually a critical factor in system effectiveness. Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Analysis (EHFA) is a simple, systematic process for identifying and assessing<br />
human issues, and then deciding what to do about them. Pointers to humanrelated<br />
risks can be found in operational experience, changes to the operational<br />
context, procurement constraints, research programmes and elsewhere.<br />
• Plan <strong>HFI</strong> for Assessment Phase<br />
Wherever significant human-related risk or opportunities are identified, there will<br />
be a need to quantify and then mitigate <strong>HFI</strong> risks, and to explore the<br />
opportunities. This work, whether analysis, experiment, prototyping or trials must<br />
be planned to ensure it provides timely results to influence project decisions.<br />
Clearly, planning is a project-wide activity. See also Chapter 4 on the <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P).<br />
• Identify Outline Life Cycle <strong>HFI</strong> Activities<br />
The two major, long-range project plans that begin in Concept phase are the<br />
TLMP and the ITEAP. Both require inclusion of activities related to <strong>HFI</strong>. The<br />
TLMP will show how <strong>HFI</strong> activities, methods and data integrate with other<br />
activities. The ITEAP will show how <strong>HFI</strong> requirements are quantified in testable<br />
terms, how the performance targets are evolved and how the integration between<br />
equipment and human components will be progressively evaluated, tested and<br />
ultimately accepted.<br />
• Contribute to the IG Submission<br />
The high-level business case submitted at Initial Gate (IG) would not normally<br />
mention <strong>HFI</strong> explicitly, but the strength of the case will rest on the underlying<br />
project results, including <strong>HFI</strong>. Where the human component plays a major part in<br />
the proposed capability, or where there are critical human-related shortcomings<br />
to overcome, being able to demonstrate that the key human-related issues have<br />
been considered and properly accounted for will be an important part of this<br />
support.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-29 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
• Undertake or Commission <strong>HFI</strong> Analysis<br />
The sections above describe how <strong>HFI</strong> supports the main project objectives for<br />
Concept phase. In order to do this, supporting analysis will need to be<br />
undertaken. The type of analysis carried out at this phase will depend on the<br />
project’s specific needs and on the human-related issues identified. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
describes a range of supporting <strong>HFI</strong> analysis techniques with an introductory<br />
table to show when, and under what conditions, each would normally be used.<br />
Typical activities at this phase might include exploring human aspects of<br />
missions and scenarios, comparison with other systems, outline description of<br />
key tasks and preliminary information about likely hands-on user groups. For any<br />
acquisition there would be <strong>HFI</strong> Input to the Concept of Analysis.<br />
2.6.2 Assessment Phase<br />
2.6.2.1 Objectives<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
1. Produce<br />
Systems<br />
Requirement<br />
Document<br />
(SRD) to meet<br />
URD needs.<br />
Establish and<br />
maintain links<br />
between<br />
System and<br />
User<br />
requirements.<br />
2. Establish full<br />
IPT.<br />
3. Identify most<br />
cost-effective<br />
technological<br />
and<br />
procurement<br />
solution.<br />
4. Develop the<br />
SRD, trading<br />
time, cost and<br />
performance to<br />
identify a<br />
solution within<br />
Initial Gate<br />
boundaries.<br />
1. Identify key humanrelated<br />
system<br />
requirements for SRD<br />
(including interfaces,<br />
operability, human<br />
performance, training,<br />
safety, etc). Trace to<br />
statements in URD.<br />
Develop HF subsystem<br />
requirements,<br />
particularly with respect<br />
to feeding into the<br />
development of<br />
prototype designs.<br />
2. Fully resource role of<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus.<br />
3. Identify human<br />
impact on cost and<br />
performance for<br />
different options.<br />
4. Explore and quantify<br />
human-related tradeoffs<br />
as part of option<br />
assessment process.<br />
• Conduct<br />
detailed HF<br />
analysis<br />
• Quantify<br />
human<br />
performance<br />
and cost of<br />
options<br />
• Review and<br />
update list of<br />
human issues<br />
• Conduct User<br />
interface<br />
modelling<br />
• Develop <strong>HFI</strong><br />
aspects of<br />
solutions<br />
(Suppliers and<br />
MoD)<br />
• Specify<br />
detailed<br />
operability<br />
targets<br />
• Plan <strong>HFI</strong> work<br />
for<br />
Demonstration<br />
• Analysis etc<br />
quantifies <strong>HFI</strong><br />
risk<br />
• Research,<br />
evaluations, etc<br />
contribute to<br />
trade-off<br />
• Drive project<br />
risk register<br />
• Help clarify<br />
requirements<br />
for SRD<br />
• Ensure<br />
Supplier<br />
solutions<br />
address human<br />
issues<br />
• Contribute to<br />
evaluation<br />
criteria for down<br />
selection in<br />
Demonstration<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-30 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
5. Reduce risk<br />
to permit<br />
delivery of<br />
acceptable<br />
performance<br />
within tight time<br />
and cost<br />
bounds.<br />
6. Refine TLMP<br />
and agree<br />
funding and<br />
plan for<br />
subsequent<br />
phases.<br />
7. Pass Main<br />
Gate (MG) with<br />
approved time,<br />
cost and<br />
performance<br />
boundaries.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
5. Undertake analysis<br />
and evaluation to<br />
quantify and mitigate<br />
human-related risks to<br />
overall performance<br />
and cost.<br />
6. Ensure adequate<br />
provision for <strong>HFI</strong><br />
analysis and evaluation<br />
in support of other<br />
activities during future<br />
phases.<br />
7. Contribute to the MG<br />
submission, in terms of<br />
human-related costs<br />
and effectiveness of<br />
human integration.<br />
8. Undertake or<br />
commission <strong>HFI</strong><br />
analysis or evaluation<br />
to support the above.<br />
9. Continue <strong>HFI</strong><br />
dialogue with industry.<br />
Table 2-15: Assessment Phase <strong>HFI</strong> Objectives and Activities<br />
2.6.2.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Assessment<br />
• Identify Requirements for SRD<br />
The SRD specifies what a system must do to provide the military capability<br />
required by the URD. It does not specify a particular solution, but where there<br />
are important constraints, the SRD must identify component boundaries and<br />
performance budgets for components (e.g., the need to inter-work with an<br />
existing system or specific manning constraints). The SRD specifies the whole<br />
system, including the human components, structured so that industry can<br />
contract for a solution to meet a well-defined subset of its requirements. A<br />
baseline allocation of function for each technology option will help define these<br />
boundaries. Key human-related requirements must be included to ensure that<br />
equipment and human components properly integrate. System requirements<br />
must trace back to the URD. This might reveal areas where the URD needs<br />
clarification. ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] indicates the typical <strong>HFI</strong><br />
content of an SRD.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-31 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
• Fully Resource the Role of <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
The role of <strong>HFI</strong> focus includes a large degree of co-ordination. Even if the role<br />
remains a shared one, the responsibilities with which it is shared must leave<br />
sufficient time to do the job effectively. The <strong>HFI</strong>P for Assessment should indicate<br />
the size of the task and care should be taken that this co-ordination task is not<br />
underestimated.<br />
• Identify <strong>Human</strong> Impact on Cost and Performance<br />
The decision at Main Gate is dependent on being able to make good estimates of<br />
overall cost and effectiveness of each technology option. <strong>Human</strong>-related costs<br />
typically dominate Whole Life Costs, and detrimental human performance caused<br />
by poor <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> can undermine the effectiveness of<br />
apparently good equipment. The human dimension of the Combined Operational<br />
Effectiveness and Investment Appraisal (COEIA) is therefore critical, more so<br />
when the options differ significantly in nature. See ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’<br />
[Ref 17] for guidance on how to assess human performance impact and humanrelated<br />
costs in support of the COEIA process.<br />
• Explore and Quantify <strong>Human</strong>-Related Trade-Offs<br />
The equipment component of the solution cannot be optimised in isolation.<br />
Equipment trade-offs that change the performance or function at the interface<br />
with the human component (operators, maintainers or support staff) must be<br />
assessed to determine how they affect the human performance. Likewise,<br />
opportunities to improve human performance, to reduce training or manning, etc<br />
by changes to equipment must also be explored.<br />
• Quantify and Mitigate <strong>Human</strong>-Related Risks<br />
Risks identified in Concept should be reviewed, and any new risks assessed.<br />
Quantifying human-related risks requires detailed analysis, which will vary with<br />
the nature of the risk.<br />
• Ensure Adequate Provision for Later <strong>HFI</strong> Analysis and Evaluation<br />
Depending on the human-related issues and risks identified, significant effort<br />
might be required in future phases for modelling, prototyping, evaluation or trials.<br />
This must be made clear in the TLMP. Where it is most appropriate for MoD to<br />
undertake or commission the work this needs to be budgeted for. Where other<br />
agencies undertake the work, e.g. training analysis, this necessitates a Customer<br />
Supplier Agreement (CSA). Where Suppliers will be expected to do the work and<br />
submit the results as evidence, this must be made clear in the Statements of<br />
Work (SoWs) accompanying Invitations to Tender (ITTs), Invitations to Submit<br />
Outline Proposals (ISOPs) and Invitations to Negotiate (ITNs). Where service<br />
personnel are needed for trials or evaluation, this must be agreed with the<br />
appropriate organisation, bearing in mind operational requirements.<br />
• Contribute to Main Gate Submission<br />
The high-level business case submitted at Main Gate is a relatively short<br />
document that summarises the whole project output. Explicit references to <strong>HFI</strong><br />
will be few and short, but the strength of the case, even at high level, will rest on<br />
an understanding of the issues and assumptions about integration and<br />
performance of the human component within the system. The business case<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-32 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
must demonstrate that key human-related issues have been considered and<br />
properly accounted for.<br />
• Undertake or Commission <strong>HFI</strong> Analysis<br />
The plan prepared during Concept phase will determine major areas of analysis<br />
to be done, but the scope and priorities should still be driven by the currently<br />
assessed risks. See <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1, <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas (Chapters 4 through 17)<br />
for guidance on different supporting <strong>HFI</strong> analysis activities. Typical <strong>HFI</strong> activities<br />
at this phase might include a high-level task analysis (for operation, maintenance<br />
and support), human performance modelling (linked to the main OA to determine<br />
key <strong>HFI</strong> trade-offs and effectiveness levels) and producing a Project Specific<br />
Target Audience Description (PSTAD) for the selected option. Related activities<br />
might include review of manpower and personnel requirements and costs (in<br />
conjunction with manning and complementing authorities), and Training Needs<br />
Analysis (in conjunction with training organisations).<br />
• Continue <strong>HFI</strong> Dialogue with Industry<br />
Industry insights should help MoD to understand the human issues associated<br />
with various options. It is also important that the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Suppliers are<br />
aware of the human-related risks MoD needs to address. During Assessment,<br />
Suppliers may be in competition, and this presents barriers to communication<br />
that need to be addressed.<br />
2.6.3 Demonstration Phase<br />
2.6.3.1 Objectives<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
1. Eliminate<br />
development<br />
risk to fix<br />
performance<br />
targets for<br />
manufacture,<br />
maintaining<br />
linkage<br />
between<br />
solution and<br />
SRD, URD.<br />
2. Place<br />
contract(s) to<br />
meet SRD.<br />
1. Evaluate <strong>HFI</strong> aspects<br />
of proposed solutions.<br />
Predict human-related<br />
performance where<br />
necessary, and relate<br />
this to SRD and URD.<br />
Continue to develop HF<br />
sub-system<br />
requirements.<br />
2. Ensure contracts<br />
cover provision of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evidence in support of<br />
proposed solutions.<br />
Ensure industry access<br />
to <strong>HFI</strong> information and<br />
user experience.<br />
• Further<br />
analysis,<br />
evaluation<br />
trials, and<br />
design support<br />
working with<br />
Supplier<br />
prototypes, etc.<br />
• Ensure <strong>HFI</strong><br />
content of<br />
specifications<br />
is robust.<br />
• Define human<br />
performance<br />
and operability<br />
targets.<br />
• Continued<br />
exposure of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
issues, and<br />
involvement of<br />
users to<br />
mitigate risk.<br />
• Focus<br />
Supplier efforts<br />
on achieving<br />
good<br />
human-system<br />
integration.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-33 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
3. Demonstrate<br />
ability to<br />
produce<br />
integrated<br />
capability.<br />
4. Down select<br />
to single<br />
Supplier.<br />
3. Demonstrate ability to<br />
deliver operability.<br />
Co-ordinate human<br />
aspects of system<br />
design, training analysis<br />
and support analysis.<br />
Conduct progressive<br />
operability trials.<br />
4. Contribute <strong>HFI</strong> criteria<br />
for solution and Supplier<br />
assessment.<br />
5. Undertake or<br />
commission <strong>HFI</strong><br />
analysis or evaluation to<br />
support the above.<br />
6. Work closely with<br />
industry to manage <strong>HFI</strong><br />
risks of the solution.<br />
• Co-ordinate<br />
human aspects<br />
of system<br />
design, training<br />
analysis and<br />
support<br />
analysis.<br />
• Resolve <strong>HFI</strong><br />
issues as they<br />
arise<br />
throughout<br />
detailed<br />
design.<br />
• Refine <strong>HFI</strong><br />
acceptance<br />
strategy.<br />
• Undertake<br />
progressive<br />
operability<br />
trials.<br />
• Ensure<br />
training and<br />
support<br />
systems are<br />
matched to<br />
human needs of<br />
system.<br />
• Help keep<br />
detailed design<br />
focus centred<br />
on human<br />
needs.<br />
• Provide<br />
evidence of<br />
operability, and<br />
feedback of any<br />
shortfalls to be<br />
addressed.<br />
Table 2-16: Demonstration Phase <strong>HFI</strong> Objectives and Activities<br />
2.6.3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Demonstration<br />
• Evaluate Proposed Solutions<br />
Risk reduction is one of the key elements of Demonstration. Some of the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
risks at this phase relate to human performance. The use of prototypes and<br />
demonstrators has proved valuable in evaluating technical solutions. This will not<br />
cover the whole scope of system operation, and so performance prediction will<br />
still be needed in critical areas. The SRD and URD should provide the basis of<br />
which areas to evaluate. Modelling, careful extrapolation from the prototypes, or<br />
appropriate comparison with operational experience can help.<br />
• Ensure Contracts Cover Provision of <strong>HFI</strong> Evidence<br />
Prior to contract let, competitive pressures will encourage Suppliers to supply any<br />
evidence they perceive MoD will value. After contract let, the contract will<br />
dominate what is or is not provided, even with co-operative working. The<br />
contract must therefore clearly state wherever Suppliers need to provide<br />
evidence to justify the acceptability of their proposed solutions. <strong>HFI</strong> evidence is<br />
often overlooked in favour of issues such as technical (i.e., equipment)<br />
performance, unless the requirement for it is explicitly specified. Much <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evaluation requires access to representative users, including hands-on users.<br />
Suppliers should be required to state their needs, to permit planning for adequate<br />
provision.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-34 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
• Demonstrate Ability to Deliver Operability<br />
Demonstrating the ability to deliver integrated capability includes operability<br />
evaluation and trials of prototypes and demonstrators (and similarly for<br />
maintenance and support). It also involves putting in place the mechanisms to<br />
ensure integration of human aspects of system design across many<br />
organisational boundaries: equipment development, training analysis, support<br />
analysis and the evolution of operational thinking.<br />
• Contribute <strong>HFI</strong> Assessment Criteria<br />
Down selection and commitment to a single Supplier is a critical decision. Once<br />
selected, the Supplier will control many aspects contributing to effective humanequipment<br />
integration. The Supplier’s ability to deliver a solution that meets <strong>HFI</strong><br />
requirements must be thoroughly covered by the assessment criteria.<br />
• Undertake or Commission <strong>HFI</strong> Analysis<br />
The plan prepared during Assessment phase will identify major areas of analysis<br />
to be done, but the scope and priorities should still be driven by the currently<br />
assessed risks and, prior to selection, on the need to differentiate between the<br />
competing solutions. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 gives guidance on different supporting <strong>HFI</strong><br />
analysis activities. Typical activities at this phase might include detailed<br />
performance modelling (supported by more detailed task analysis),<br />
anthropometric assessment and cross-domain analyses, e.g. the interaction of<br />
design and training.<br />
• Manage <strong>HFI</strong> Risks with Industry<br />
<strong>Management</strong> of risks in the solution is a shared responsibility, especially<br />
following down-selection when the Supplier becomes a full member of the IPT.<br />
While the Supplier (through acceptance criteria) will carry the risk for<br />
equipment-induced aspects of operability, there are still risks in the wider aspects<br />
of how people, operational procedures and equipment perform together,<br />
especially where the capability is to be met by a people-intensive system.<br />
Guidance on <strong>HFI</strong> risk assessment is given in Chapter 3 of this guide.<br />
2.6.4 Manufacture Phase<br />
2.6.4.1 Objectives<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
1. Deliver<br />
solution within<br />
time and cost<br />
limits<br />
appropriate to<br />
this phase.<br />
2. Complete<br />
development<br />
and production.<br />
1. Co-ordinate<br />
development of humanrelated<br />
components of<br />
capability, i.e.<br />
manpower, training,<br />
support.<br />
2. Support Supplier<br />
with input to continued<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> evaluation.<br />
• Support<br />
Supplier with<br />
input to<br />
continued <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evaluation.<br />
• Continue to<br />
resolve <strong>HFI</strong><br />
issues as they<br />
arise.<br />
• Helps Supplier<br />
to maintain<br />
user-centred<br />
focus.<br />
• Ensures<br />
trade-offs take<br />
account of<br />
human-related<br />
issues.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-35 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
3. Accept the<br />
system in<br />
accordance<br />
with the SRD.<br />
4. Transfer<br />
management to<br />
Defence<br />
Logistics<br />
Organisation<br />
(DLO).<br />
5. Transfer<br />
customer<br />
function to<br />
Customer 2.<br />
3. Accept operability by<br />
monitoring operability<br />
acceptance trials and<br />
assessing the evidence<br />
produced.<br />
4. Transfer <strong>HFI</strong><br />
information produced in<br />
procurement for use in<br />
the support phase.<br />
5. Support <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evaluation of field trials,<br />
feeding back lessons<br />
learned.<br />
• Monitor<br />
operability<br />
trials and<br />
assess<br />
evidence<br />
produced.<br />
• Support <strong>HFI</strong><br />
evaluation of<br />
operational<br />
work-up trials,<br />
feeding back<br />
lessons<br />
learned.<br />
• Transfer <strong>HFI</strong><br />
information<br />
generated<br />
during the<br />
procurement<br />
phase for use<br />
in the support<br />
phase.<br />
• Demonstrates<br />
achievement of<br />
operability<br />
targets.<br />
• Identifies any<br />
operability<br />
shortfalls for<br />
remedial action.<br />
• Ensures HF<br />
Data and<br />
insights do not<br />
‘get lost’.<br />
Table 2-17: Manufacture Phase <strong>HFI</strong> Objectives and Activities<br />
2.6.4.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Manufacture<br />
• Co-ordinate Development of <strong>Human</strong> Component<br />
New or upgraded capability normally involves significant change or development<br />
to the human component: for example, operational procedures, manpower,<br />
training, support, and so on, in parallel with equipment production. These<br />
developments will require information about the equipment (and about each<br />
other) to ensure time and cost limits are met. They might also generate issues<br />
that need to be addressed by changes to the equipment. Some of this coordination<br />
will occur between the groups involved, but the IPT as overall coordinator<br />
will need to be involved, especially in equipment related links.<br />
• Support Supplier <strong>HFI</strong> Evaluation<br />
Smart acceptance is based on helping the Supplier to ‘get it right’, as much as on<br />
testing to see whether this has actually been achieved. While completing the<br />
development, the Supplier will continue to meet technical issues that must be<br />
resolved. Some <strong>HFI</strong> issues will not be readily resolvable internally, and will<br />
require MoD support by way of information, decision or compromise. If this<br />
support is not readily forthcoming, the Supplier will be faced with either<br />
compromising the project timescale or circumventing the issue, and thus possibly<br />
building <strong>HFI</strong> risk into the solution.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-36 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
• Accept Operability<br />
Acceptance of operability (and also maintainability and supportability) is<br />
potentially complex, because of the need to account separately for those aspects<br />
that are properly the responsibility of the equipment Supplier, and those that<br />
accrue from the wider interaction of human and equipment components within<br />
the overall system. These aspects should be stated separately in the SRD, but it<br />
can be difficult to draw the boundary between them during testing, especially for<br />
people-intensive or information-intensive systems. Acceptance of equipment<br />
operability should conform to the overall project acceptance strategy: normally<br />
the Supplier presents evidence based on conducting agreed tests (which MoD<br />
may witness if desired). Detailed schedules and procedures for carrying out the<br />
tests must also be agreed. The Supplier will require support in the form of<br />
suitably experienced service personnel to take part in the tests.<br />
• Transfer <strong>HFI</strong> to Support Phase<br />
During the transfer of the project from DPA to DLO, relevant issues are likely to<br />
include some re-distribution and re-sizing of IPT roles, which could affect the role<br />
of <strong>HFI</strong> Focus, and the need to ensure that HF Data gathered during the<br />
procurement phase can be transferred and maintained through life, ready to<br />
support the acquisition of future capability increments.<br />
• Feed Back Lessons Learned<br />
The formal transfer to Customer 2 will be accompanied by extensive trials and<br />
work-up with Customer 2’s personnel. This will be a more severe test of the<br />
human-equipment integration and performance than that which preceded it. It is<br />
important to capture the valuable <strong>HFI</strong> lessons learnt during this phase.<br />
2.6.5 In-Service Phase<br />
2.6.5.1 Objectives<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
1. Confirm the<br />
required<br />
capability is<br />
available for<br />
operational use.<br />
2. Support the<br />
frontline.<br />
3. Maintain<br />
performance<br />
within agreed<br />
levels, while<br />
driving down<br />
annual cost of<br />
ownership.<br />
1. Initiate in-service<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> audit. Identify<br />
issues requiring action.<br />
2. Monitor exercise and<br />
operational reports for<br />
evidence of <strong>HFI</strong> issues.<br />
Act if needed.<br />
3. Monitor efficiency<br />
and effectiveness of<br />
maintenance, support,<br />
operation, etc.<br />
• Develop In-<br />
Service HF<br />
Issues Log<br />
• Maintain and<br />
initiate<br />
mitigating<br />
actions to<br />
resolve HF<br />
issues<br />
• Picks up ‘real<br />
use’ issues not<br />
detected in lab<br />
and factory<br />
tests.<br />
• Picks up <strong>HFI</strong><br />
issues<br />
emerging from<br />
changes in<br />
operational<br />
practice,<br />
personnel,<br />
training,<br />
equipment<br />
ageing, etc.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-37 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
4. Carry out<br />
agreed<br />
upgrades or<br />
improvements,<br />
refits or<br />
acquisition<br />
increments.<br />
4. Re-run procedures<br />
used during main<br />
procurement, at a<br />
reduced scale, and<br />
drawing on stored HF<br />
Data.<br />
• Ensure<br />
Health and<br />
Safety<br />
requirements<br />
are defined,<br />
understood<br />
and met<br />
• Evaluate<br />
training<br />
effectiveness<br />
• Brings all<br />
benefits of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
to the<br />
capability<br />
increment, as<br />
well as the<br />
initial<br />
capability.<br />
Table 2-18: In-Service Phase <strong>HFI</strong> Objectives and Activities<br />
2.6.5.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during In-service<br />
• In-Service <strong>HFI</strong> Audit<br />
When the system is bedded down in service, an audit should be conducted to<br />
determine the level of integration of human and equipment, and to identify any<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> issues requiring action. Some issues slip through trials and ‘work-ups’<br />
unnoticed, but these may become more significant during sustained routine<br />
operation. Others could not have been detected earlier but only become evident<br />
during their full operational use.<br />
• Support Operation<br />
From time to time throughout the system’s life, front-line personnel will detect <strong>HFI</strong><br />
weaknesses in the system, often because some facet of operational practice has<br />
changed. Equipment fault reporting mechanisms often cannot handle these<br />
problems, because they are not clear-cut equipment failures. The IPT should put<br />
in place a means to detect and respond to usage problems that cannot be<br />
resolved locally by the operational personnel, e.g. by periodically checking<br />
exercise and operational reports for evidence of <strong>HFI</strong> issues.<br />
• Monitor Cost Effectiveness<br />
Once equipment has been procured, manpower, training and support dominate<br />
the ongoing system costs. Service experience might lead to more efficient ways<br />
of operating, maintaining or supporting the system. Cost reduction is not the<br />
primary goal of front-line forces, so the IPT should put in place means to detect<br />
such opportunities, possibly using the same links and reporting mechanisms as<br />
above.<br />
• Re-Run Procedures for Upgrades<br />
Whenever a significant modification or upgrade is required, the acquisition<br />
procedures described for earlier phases will be re-enacted on a scale appropriate<br />
to the magnitude of the undertaking.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-38 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
2.6.6 Disposal Phase<br />
2.6.6.1 Objectives<br />
Project<br />
Objectives<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Objectives <strong>HFI</strong> Activities Value Added<br />
1. Dispose of<br />
the equipment<br />
efficiently,<br />
effectively and<br />
safely.<br />
1. Assess HF issues of<br />
proposed disposal<br />
process. Take action as<br />
required.<br />
• As for <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Objectives<br />
• Ensures<br />
human aspects<br />
of disposal are<br />
cost-effective<br />
and safe.<br />
Table 2-19: Disposal Phase <strong>HFI</strong> Objectives and Activities<br />
2.6.6.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities during Disposal<br />
• HF Issues in Disposal<br />
Many disposal activities are routine, and are adequately managed by disposal<br />
Suppliers. In other cases, disposal can entail significant hazards to the disposal<br />
personnel or to other people. The hazards must be assessed, and quantified.<br />
Any appropriate mitigating actions must be put in place. Other agencies might<br />
undertake this process, but the IPT will be responsible for ensuring it is properly<br />
executed.<br />
2.7 Project Role Terms of Reference<br />
2.7.1 IPT Leader and Systems Project Managers<br />
The IPT Leader is responsible for ensuring that MoD <strong>HFI</strong> Policy is applied within<br />
the platform or equipment programme. Specific terms of reference are as<br />
follows:<br />
1. Development of the strategy for the project.<br />
2. Allocation of funding and resources to fully address issues, priorities and<br />
risks.<br />
3. Organisation of roles and responsibilities.<br />
4. Identification of staff training needs to conduct <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
5. Development of a coherent <strong>HFI</strong> Programme across all phases of<br />
procurement.<br />
6. Co-ordination of the platform or equipment <strong>HFI</strong> Programme with other<br />
related <strong>HFI</strong> Programmes (see Chapter 3).<br />
For specific systems, the IPT Leader will be assisted in carrying out the above<br />
terms of reference by the Systems Project Managers.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-39 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.7.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Terms of Reference<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for actively co-ordinating human issues throughout<br />
the project and for ensuring that these issues are brought to bear on every<br />
aspect of the design. In practice this will involve extensive liaison within and<br />
outside the project as well as ensuring that the Supplier’s <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) is properly conducted. Specific terms of reference are as<br />
follows:<br />
1. To manage integration of all <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues in the system for which<br />
the project is responsible.<br />
2. Implementation of the <strong>HFI</strong> strategy in the project, as defined in the <strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
3. To ensure all project staff are aware of the project’s <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues,<br />
and how they will be integrated into the project.<br />
4. Co-ordination of the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme with other disciplines.<br />
5. Establishment of liaison and steering groups and the conduct of liaison with<br />
other programmes, HF Specialists and MoD Authorities.<br />
6. Managing the involvement of RN, RM, Army and RAF user representatives<br />
for the purposes of requirements analysis, design assessments and<br />
acceptance tests.<br />
7. Development of any outline MoD <strong>HFI</strong>P and its incorporation into the Project<br />
<strong>Management</strong> Plan (PMP).<br />
8. Production of <strong>HFI</strong> elements of Invitations to Tender (ITT) and the<br />
assessment of the Suppliers’ proposals for the <strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
9. Monitoring of activities and outputs against milestones in the Supplier’s<br />
<strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
10. Monitoring the development of data to enable <strong>HFI</strong> and evaluating the<br />
implications for the resolution of issues, priorities and risks.<br />
11. Technical quality control of all activities and outputs until acceptance of the<br />
platform or equipment.<br />
12. Maintenance of <strong>HFI</strong> risks and risk mitigation elements in the project risk<br />
management register.<br />
13. Monitoring the results of assessment and acceptance tests and<br />
communication of implications within the IPT.<br />
14. To obtain training in <strong>HFI</strong> if no previous experience (see Chapter 1 for <strong>HFI</strong><br />
liaison and contacts).<br />
2.7.3 Supplier Terms of Reference<br />
The Supplier is the organisation contracted to develop the platform or equipment.<br />
This role is responsible for conducting the technical project within one or more<br />
phases of the procurement.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-40 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
Proposed outline terms of reference are as follows:<br />
1. Preparation of the Supplier’s <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P).<br />
2. Specification of proposed involvement of user representatives.<br />
3. Liaison with MoD IPT and with other MoD Authorities as directed by the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus.<br />
4. Conduct of <strong>HFI</strong> activities and development and delivery of <strong>HFI</strong> outputs.<br />
5. Maintenance of the format, media and content of HF Data accumulated<br />
during the project, and production of the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>L).<br />
6. Conduct of assessments of the platform or equipment.<br />
7. Development of the <strong>HFI</strong> content of the Acceptance Questionnaire.<br />
2.7.4 HF Specialist Terms of Reference<br />
In addition to those responsibilities allocated as a result of any role in support of<br />
the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus or the Supplier, the HF Specialist’s terms of reference will depend<br />
upon the specific responsibilities that are allocated as a result of applying the<br />
Technical Guidance in <strong>MAP</strong>-10-<strong>01</strong>1 within the context of the <strong>HFI</strong>P and their role<br />
within a multidisciplinary group.<br />
2.8 Multidisciplinary Groups <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
The development of a system delivering effective operational capability with<br />
minimal support costs requires the effective application of a multidisciplinary<br />
approach. The unique contribution of <strong>HFI</strong> is to concentrate on the human<br />
performance and support requirements and HF characteristics to be delivered.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> works with other disciplines in a number of general ways as follows:<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> provides basic data on human limitations and capacities that drive<br />
design decisions in other disciplines, e.g. data on basic visual acuity is<br />
used to determine display characteristics.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> provides techniques, methods and models that enable assessment of<br />
the feasibility and value of design options proposed by other disciplines,<br />
e.g. human workload analysis is used to assess the feasibility of alternative<br />
human-computer interface designs.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> provides unique contributions to the overall design concept, e.g.<br />
techniques for modelling complement size and the future organisation of<br />
the crew.<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) must identify the dependencies and<br />
interfaces between <strong>HFI</strong> activities with other disciplines in the context of the<br />
overall Project <strong>Management</strong> Plan (PMP). It is important to realise that closer<br />
integration with other disciplines can also lead to greater efficiency and real cost<br />
savings to the overall project. Poor integration leads to risks of sub-optimal<br />
human performance due to inferior product design (limiting operational<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-41 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
capability), higher support costs, greater health and safety risks and waste of<br />
development resources and costs.<br />
The sections below provide guidance about how <strong>HFI</strong> works with other disciplines<br />
during platform and equipment development. The advice contained within these<br />
sections is primarily aimed at the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus for the project or programme.<br />
2.8.1 <strong>HFI</strong> and Operational Analysis<br />
Operational Analysis provides techniques, mathematical models and simulations<br />
that can be applied to a wide range of issues. These include Force and battle<br />
simulation, establishing performance parameters for the use of technology, e.g.<br />
in sensors and weapons, estimating through-life costs and indeed supporting the<br />
understanding of <strong>HFI</strong> issues. These techniques are of most direct value to the<br />
overall procurement during the early phases particularly when used in the<br />
Combined Operational Effectiveness and Investment Appraisal (COEIA).<br />
2.8.1.1 Operational Analysis <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
• Identify types of human performance that can limit the operational<br />
effectiveness of the platform or equipment (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 6<br />
(Crew Characteristics), & Chapter 15 (Operability and User-Equipment<br />
Interaction)).<br />
• Estimate critical human performance parameters through the use of<br />
historical data, specific modelling of operator performance or empirical data<br />
from demonstrators and prototypes.<br />
• Determine the effect of human performance capabilities and limitations on<br />
the operational effectiveness of different options.<br />
• Estimate the manning required for each option and the likely profile of roles<br />
and skills (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 4 (Manpower, Complementing and<br />
Accommodation) & Chapter 5 (Team Organisation)).<br />
• Establish the support costs for each option in terms of direct costs, training,<br />
accommodation, communications, overheads etc. (see: <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1:<br />
Chapter 7 (Training), & Chapter 8 (General Arrangement)).<br />
• Establish the feasibility of supporting a particular organisational profile<br />
given the likely Target Audience Description and future manning policy.<br />
• Establish the survivability of human personnel in each design option (see<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 17 (Safety)).<br />
• Identify trade-offs between different options and establish effects on<br />
development and through-life costs, e.g. reductions in automation may<br />
require higher investment in training and/or the selection and maintenance<br />
of more skilled personnel.<br />
2.8.2 <strong>HFI</strong> and Ship Design<br />
The platform design process defines the overall hull size and shape, motion<br />
characteristics and the configuration of upper and lower deck areas.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-42 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
2.8.2.1 Ship Design <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
• Identify the dependencies that exist between ship design and <strong>HFI</strong> and<br />
reflect these in the ship design and <strong>HFI</strong> parts of the Project <strong>Management</strong><br />
Plan (PMP).<br />
• Identify the effects of motion characteristics of hull form on human<br />
performance and comfort (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 13 (Habitability and<br />
Internal Environment)).<br />
• Design the general arrangement of compartments and deck areas to meet<br />
operational task demands for the optimal positioning, survivability, comfort<br />
and movement of personnel (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 8 (General<br />
Arrangement), Chapter 9 (Operational Spaces), Chapter 11 (Miscellaneous<br />
Spaces) and Chapter 12 (Personnel Movement and Material Handling)).<br />
• Design accommodation and define habitability requirements to meet the<br />
needs of the estimated size and composition of the complement (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 10 (Accommodation Spaces) and Chapter 13 (Habitability<br />
and Internal Environment)).<br />
• Design passageways, positioning of hatches and doors, and deckhead<br />
clearances to match the anthropometric (i.e. range of body size)<br />
characteristics of the crew and for the efficient and safe execution of<br />
movements and material handling (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 12<br />
(Personnel Movement and Material Handling)).<br />
• Design environment and control of noise, vibration, heating, ventilation, airconditioning,<br />
lighting, atmospheric conditions, radiation and waste disposal<br />
to avoid degradations to human performance and to maintain comfort,<br />
health and safety (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 13 (Habitability and Internal<br />
Environment) and Chapter 17 (Safety)).<br />
2.8.3 <strong>HFI</strong> and Systems Engineering<br />
Systems engineering is applied to the development of Combat System and<br />
Marine Engineering equipment. The systems engineering design process<br />
consists of a number of stages, which may be performed sequentially or<br />
iteratively (e.g. rapid application development). These stages include<br />
requirements analysis, the identification of logical functions and data<br />
requirements, and the selection of the software and/or hardware architecture,<br />
detailed system and subsystem design, integration, testing and installation.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Annex 2 references standards that apply to the construction of a<br />
range of marine engineering equipment.<br />
2.8.3.1 Systems Engineering <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
• Identify the dependencies that exist between systems engineering and <strong>HFI</strong><br />
and reflect these in the relevant parts of the Project <strong>Management</strong> Plan<br />
(PMP), see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 14 (Equipment Layout) and Chapter 15<br />
(Operability and User-Equipment Interaction).<br />
• Ensure that the results of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering studies are used in<br />
the requirements analysis.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-43 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
2.8.4 <strong>HFI</strong> and ILS<br />
• Identify the implications of the logical and physical design for future<br />
operator task demands and roles.<br />
• Select a <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong> and ensure that this is applied during<br />
the design.<br />
• Obtain user assessments of the user-equipment interface design for all<br />
mission critical functions prior to full construction.<br />
• Ensure that the design of the user-equipment interface is presented to user<br />
representatives in the form of project documentation and prototypes from<br />
the earliest stage of design.<br />
• Maximise the consistency of the full range of user-equipment interface<br />
styles presented to each user role and compensate for any inconsistencies<br />
with unacceptable risks to operational performance or safety.<br />
• Ensure that the design of on-board user support facilities (including on-line<br />
help and user manuals) support operator performance of tasks and<br />
procedures.<br />
Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) is the accepted discipline for managing the<br />
support life cycle cost, for causing support considerations to influence the design<br />
or selection of equipment and for delivering and monitoring a consistent support<br />
environment for the fielded equipment, see the ‘Support Solutions Envelope<br />
(SSE)’ [Ref 30] area of the AMS.<br />
ILS is implemented as a process, as is <strong>HFI</strong>, to run concurrently with equipment<br />
design. The Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) consists of specified tasks and subtasks<br />
that are adapted for use, and performed iteratively, during an equipment<br />
programme in order to identify trade-offs with the aim of optimising the cost of<br />
ownership of the equipment. The LSA also identifies the support operations and<br />
resources required for the selected design. The results of the LSA are recorded<br />
in the Logistics Support Analysis Record (LSAR), which is maintained throughout<br />
the life of the equipment. The ILS Plan (ILSP) defines the specific activities and<br />
deliverables to be produced within a programme.<br />
The ILSP for naval projects includes a <strong>HFI</strong> element plan, which addresses the<br />
ILS aspects of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> in the Detailed Design and Build stage of<br />
procurement.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> and ILS are separate but complementary processes that make use of<br />
common HF Data. The Logistics Support Analysis (LSA) also provides<br />
information for use in <strong>HFI</strong>. The areas of commonality between the data<br />
requirements for ILS and <strong>HFI</strong> must be exploited in a programme to improve<br />
product design, to reduce the cost of ownership of the system and to control the<br />
procurement costs involved in the conduct of <strong>HFI</strong> and ILS activities. In order to<br />
achieve this the data formats produced by either discipline must be compatible<br />
with that required by the other.<br />
Common data and, to some extent, common techniques are used in ILS and <strong>HFI</strong><br />
to estimate manpower requirements, to identify skill and other personnel<br />
characteristics, to identify training requirements and training support, to identify<br />
and allocate functions between personnel and equipment and to deal with health<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-44 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
and safety. However, <strong>HFI</strong> is also concerned with wider manpower issues raised<br />
by fielding a new system as well as the operational effectiveness and efficiency<br />
of the system. <strong>HFI</strong> also provides data and techniques for use in optimising the<br />
design of equipment whilst ILS focuses on its support implications.<br />
The steps that need to be undertaken to ensure that <strong>HFI</strong> is co-ordinated with ILS<br />
are as follows. These have been ordered by the sequence of tasks comprising<br />
the LSA (LSA Task numbers are shown where these are applicable).<br />
2.8.4.1 ILS <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
• Identify common data requirements for <strong>HFI</strong> and LSA processes and ensure<br />
that these are supported without unnecessary duplication in the LSA and<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> strategies for the programme (LSA Task 1<strong>01</strong>).<br />
• Identify the dependencies, which exist between ILS and <strong>HFI</strong> and reflect<br />
these in the ILS and <strong>HFI</strong> parts of the Project <strong>Management</strong> Plan (PMP)<br />
(LSA Task 102).<br />
• Ensure that the Use Study incorporates the results of the Early <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> Analysis of issues and risks including estimates of complement<br />
size and the Target Audience Description (LSA Task 2<strong>01</strong>).<br />
• Ensure that the results of <strong>HFI</strong> studies of health hazard and system safety<br />
are incorporated into the mission and support systems definitions (LSA<br />
Task 203) (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 17 (Safety).<br />
• Co-ordinate the development of functional allocations and task inventories<br />
for use in LSA and <strong>HFI</strong> (LSA Task 3<strong>01</strong>) (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 16<br />
(Maintenance and Support).<br />
• Identify and apply <strong>HFI</strong> information of use in specifying the system support<br />
concept including manning implications, required and available skills<br />
profile, ease of performing maintenance activities, ease of material<br />
handling, human safety implications and health hazards (LSA Task 303).<br />
• In conjunction with the ILS Manager co-ordinate the collection and use of<br />
the <strong>HFI</strong> elements of the operator and maintainer task analysis information<br />
(LSA Task 4<strong>01</strong>).<br />
• In conjunction with the ILS Manager co-ordinate the conduct of the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
elements of the Training Needs Analysis (TNA) and training options (LSA<br />
Task 4<strong>01</strong>) (see: <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 7 (Training).<br />
• In conjunction with the ILS Manager co-ordinate the development of the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> elements of the user and technical documentation (LSA Task 4<strong>01</strong>).<br />
• In conjunction with the ILS Manager co-ordinate the development of the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> elements of the operating and maintenance procedures (LSA Task<br />
4<strong>01</strong>).<br />
• Apply <strong>HFI</strong> techniques during the evaluation of maintenance operations on<br />
prototypes, the equipment and in early fielding analysis to assess usability<br />
of equipment and ergonomic constraints, e.g. on maintainer access, skill<br />
requirements, health and safety implications (LSA Tasks 402 and 5<strong>01</strong>)<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-45 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 15 (Operability and User-Equipment<br />
Interaction)).<br />
2.8.5 <strong>HFI</strong> and Health & Safety<br />
JSP 430 [Ref 6] describes the mandated approach to safety policy and<br />
standards. Many areas of system safety and health hazard are covered by<br />
existing Naval Engineering Standards (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1, Annex 2) and other<br />
sources. The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme contributes techniques and data for the<br />
identification, assessment and mitigation of health and safety hazards.<br />
2.8.5.1 Health & Safety <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
• Identify the dependencies that exist between safety and Health Hazard<br />
Assessment programmes and the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme and reflect these in the<br />
Project <strong>Management</strong> Plan (PMP).<br />
• Perform HAZOPS and human reliability analysis where safety and health<br />
hazards risks arise within the context of crew activities to determine the<br />
probability of these risks (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter 17 (Safety)).<br />
• Assess the impact of health hazard and safety risks on the crew.<br />
• Identify health hazard and safety risk mitigation options.<br />
• Apply <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering techniques in the design of health<br />
hazard and safety procedures, features and equipment (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1:<br />
Chapter 8 (General Arrangement)), Chapter 12 (Personnel Movement and<br />
Material Handling), Chapter 13 (Habitability and Internal Environment),<br />
Chapter 14 (Equipment Layout) and Chapter 15 (Operability and User-<br />
Equipment Interaction).<br />
• Ensure that training options include material addressing health hazard and<br />
safety awareness and crew safety procedures (see: <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1: Chapter<br />
7 (Training).<br />
2.8.6 <strong>HFI</strong> and Training<br />
The Defence Systems Approach to Training is described in DSAT QS [Ref 8] and<br />
its supporting Training Support Manuals [Ref 9] through [Ref 14]. The purpose of<br />
DSAT QS is to provide policy guidance and quality standards for implementation<br />
of the Defence Systems Approach to Training (DSAT). The DSAT quality<br />
system, for which the DSAT QS provides the Quality Standard (QS), is<br />
documented on several levels. Guidance on training administrative procedures<br />
surrounding the DSAT is provided within the relevant HLB Holder’s Administrative<br />
Procedures. Training Support Manuals (DTSM1 through DTSM6) provide<br />
specific details on the application of the elements of the DSAT Quality Standard.<br />
The remaining documentation, i.e. a quality manual, operating procedures and<br />
training documentation will be generated under guidance of the QS by individual<br />
Training Organisations, see Annex 2 viz. Intelligent Customer Group (ICG,<br />
formerly RNSETT).<br />
MOD policy requires that an analysis of the training requirement is conducted<br />
when new equipment(s) are acquired. DTSM3 ‘Training Needs Analysis’ [Ref 11]<br />
provides the tri-Service guidance on the conduct of a TNA but see also JSP 502<br />
‘Tri-Service <strong>Guide</strong> to TNA’ [Ref 20]. The acquisition strategy must ensure that<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-46 Issue 4
Chapter 2 – <strong>HFI</strong> Processes and Mechanisms<br />
training requirements are articulated in the TLMP and appropriate funding lines<br />
put in place. The <strong>HFI</strong> and ILS programmes play a major role in identifying<br />
training needs and training options during acquisition; one early decision that<br />
needs to be made on larger projects is whether training should fall under the<br />
umbrella of ILS or <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
2.8.6.1 Training <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Checklist<br />
• Identify the dependencies that exist between training and the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Programme and reflect these in the Project <strong>Management</strong> Plan (PMP).<br />
• Identify new equipments and/or crew and other roles, including new roles,<br />
requiring an analysis of the training requirement.<br />
• Identify the new Operational Performance requirement.<br />
• Determine the change to knowledge, skills and attitudes required on<br />
introduction of the new equipment(s)/changed roles based on the likely<br />
Target Audience Description. Decide whether there is a training<br />
requirement.<br />
• Estimate training throughput<br />
• Carry out an analysis to determine the balance between cost-effectiveness<br />
and training effectiveness of a range of media solutions.<br />
• Agree the most cost/training-`effective solution.<br />
• Agree an acquisition strategy for the proposed solution.<br />
Develop an Implementation strategy for the agreed solution, including<br />
documentation requirements and funding arrangements.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-47 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page 2-48 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 CH 2_19.doc
CHAPTER 3 – MANAGING THE <strong>HFI</strong> PROCESS<br />
CONTENTS<br />
3.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................3-3<br />
3.1.1 Co-ordination ........................................................................................3-3<br />
3.1.2 What is Involved....................................................................................3-4<br />
3.1.3 CWG and IPT Roles within <strong>HFI</strong> ............................................................3-5<br />
3.1.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Steering Groups and Working Groups ...........................................3-5<br />
3.1.4.1 Organisation .......................................................................3-5<br />
3.1.4.2 The Requirement for HF Steering Groups and Working<br />
Groups................................................................................3-5<br />
3.1.4.3 Who is Involved ................................................................3-6<br />
3.1.4.4 Specialist HF Capability .....................................................3-8<br />
3.1.4.5 Other HF Stakeholders.......................................................3-8<br />
3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> of Requirements, Issues and Project Control ......................3-10<br />
3.2.1 Identifying and Managing Requirements ............................................3-10<br />
3.2.1.1 The Requirements <strong>Management</strong> Process........................3-10<br />
3.2.1.2 <strong>HFI</strong> content of the URD and SRD ....................................3-11<br />
3.2.1.3 Acceptance Criteria ..........................................................3-11<br />
3.2.1.4 <strong>HFI</strong> in Requirements Change <strong>Management</strong>.....................3-11<br />
3.2.2 Identifying and Managing <strong>HFI</strong> Issues and Risk...................................3-12<br />
3.2.2.1 Introduction.......................................................................3-12<br />
3.2.2.2 Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA) ............................3-12<br />
3.2.2.3 Establish the baseline for <strong>HFI</strong> ..........................................3-13<br />
3.2.2.4 Identify <strong>HFI</strong> Issues............................................................3-14<br />
3.2.2.5 Assess Impact of <strong>HFI</strong> Risks .............................................3-16<br />
3.2.3 Risks and the Project Risk Register....................................................3-16<br />
3.2.4 Content of the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L)........................3-18<br />
3.2.5 Assess the Impact of <strong>HFI</strong> Related Issues and Risks ..........................3-18<br />
3.2.6 Managing Issues Through-Life ...........................................................3-18<br />
3.2.7 Importance of Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Issues and Co-ordination...................3-19<br />
3.2.7.1 Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Co-ordination Process............................3-20<br />
3.2.7.2 Responsibilities for Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Issues and Coordination..........................................................................3-21<br />
3.2.8 Managing and Monitoring the Project .................................................3-22<br />
3.2.8.1 Scope ...............................................................................3-22<br />
3.2.8.2 Managing the Project .......................................................3-22<br />
3.2.8.3 Monitoring <strong>HFI</strong> Programme ..............................................3-22<br />
3.2.8.4 Managing Subcontracts....................................................3-23<br />
3.2.8.5 Assessment of Supplier <strong>HFI</strong> Activities..............................3-24<br />
3.3 Managing Acceptance ......................................................................................3-25<br />
3.3.1 The Acceptance Process....................................................................3-25<br />
3.3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Activities in Acceptance ...............................................................3-26<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
3.3.3 Monitoring <strong>HFI</strong> Assessment & Acceptance Performance ...................3-27<br />
3.3.3.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities...............................................3-27<br />
3.3.3.2 Monitoring Acceptance Testing ........................................3-28<br />
3.3.4 Design of Assessment and Acceptance Testing.................................3-30<br />
3.3.4.1 Use of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) Characteristics and Criteria.3-31<br />
3.3.4.2 Types of <strong>HFI</strong> Assessment and Acceptance Tests............3-32<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-2 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
3.1 Introduction<br />
This Chapter addresses managing the <strong>HFI</strong> Process. It starts with the issue of<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> co-ordination within the project organisation and Working Groups, continues<br />
with the management of <strong>HFI</strong> requirements, issues, risks and programme and<br />
concludes with the management of the acceptance process for <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
3.1.1 Co-ordination<br />
Co-ordination is concerned with the project organisation and Working Groups in<br />
connection with <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>). <strong>HFI</strong> issues are relevant to<br />
many areas of design and therefore require active and effective co-ordination<br />
across disciplines. The key to achieving successful <strong>HFI</strong> is clear and adequate<br />
delegation of roles within and outside the IPT. The IPT Leader is responsible for<br />
ensuring that <strong>HFI</strong> is applied in the project through the allocation of roles and<br />
responsibilities within the IPT in conjunction with other MoD authorities and the<br />
supplier(s).<br />
Note … Some information contained within this section is taken from the<br />
‘Introductory <strong>Guide</strong>’ [Ref 3].<br />
The allocation and terms of reference of <strong>HFI</strong> roles will be influenced by the<br />
following factors:<br />
• The importance of, and risks associated with, <strong>HFI</strong> issues at each phase of<br />
procurement.<br />
• The degree of liaison required with other disciplines and organisations.<br />
• The amount of work to be monitored assessed and accepted.<br />
An effective organisation will show the following characteristics:<br />
• Clear ownership for the effect of <strong>HFI</strong> issues on total-system performance<br />
and supportability.<br />
• Full understanding of the priorities and risks to be addressed in the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Programme.<br />
• Recognition of the effects of <strong>HFI</strong> issues on costs, not just on performance<br />
and supportability.<br />
• A single <strong>HFI</strong> Focus responsible for monitoring the development of, and<br />
work associated with, the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P).<br />
• Awareness of the <strong>HFI</strong> process from previous experience or training.<br />
• Adequate allocation of project resources to address <strong>HFI</strong> issues.<br />
• Regular co-ordination of <strong>HFI</strong> activities and output products during<br />
requirements analysis, design, construction, installation and support.<br />
• Regular liaison with other MoD Authorities and Agencies about <strong>HFI</strong><br />
responsibilities, issues and progress.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
The whole <strong>HFI</strong> process depends on effective integration: within the project team<br />
and across the many external agencies involved in acquisition. <strong>Integration</strong> with<br />
other aspects of the project is particularly important for <strong>HFI</strong> because of its<br />
breadth and the range of other specialisms it overlaps. The MOD recognises the<br />
crucial role of the human element within military capability. Through <strong>HFI</strong>,<br />
knowledge of human capabilities, limitations and requirements can inform the<br />
activities of many other disciplines and thus system performance, time-scale and<br />
cost targets can be met. It is important to ensure that HF effort is properly<br />
integrated within the overall project effort. The Joint Capability Board may<br />
provide useful input of ‘pan IPT’ issues and requirements.<br />
An <strong>HFI</strong> working group should be formed as soon as possible. <strong>HFI</strong> activities for<br />
the Concept phase should be planned as soon as the embryonic IPT forms.<br />
Later phases will inherit endorsed plans prepared during the preceding phase.<br />
Different sizes of project will typically vary in the way that <strong>HFI</strong> is organised within<br />
the IPT. All projects should ensure that the staffs allocated <strong>HFI</strong> responsibilities<br />
receive adequate briefings or training in the conduct of this process. An IPT may<br />
decide to organise for <strong>HFI</strong> according to the procurement strategy and the<br />
resources available.<br />
3.1.2 What is Involved<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> working group provides a means for effective communication, coordination<br />
and consensus formation among the stakeholders in <strong>HFI</strong>. The scale of<br />
its activities will depend on the project. Typically, activities include the following:<br />
• Set up and manage <strong>HFI</strong> Working Group as early as possible.<br />
• Define its terms of reference.<br />
• Obtain support and backing from the lead DEC and/or IPT Leader, with a<br />
clear line of reporting to them.<br />
• Include representation from user representatives, other technical areas of<br />
the project and all stakeholders with an interest in human aspects of the<br />
capability.<br />
• Identify other working groups with significant impact on the effectiveness of<br />
the <strong>HFI</strong> effort and ensure <strong>HFI</strong> is represented on them (in addition to them<br />
being representatives within the <strong>HFI</strong> working group), for example:<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
ILS<br />
Maintenance<br />
Safety<br />
Acceptance, Test and Evaluation<br />
Requirements management<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-4 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
3.1.3 CWG and IPT Roles within <strong>HFI</strong><br />
The responsibility for <strong>HFI</strong> is inherently shared between Capability Working Group<br />
(CWG) and IPT. The desired capability will be achieved by a combination of<br />
people, procedures and equipment. The CWG, and in due course Customer 2,<br />
must ensure the provision of the right people and procedures, whilst the IPT must<br />
ensure the provision of the right equipment. <strong>HFI</strong> helps the IPT and CWG work<br />
together, trading off changes to equipment with changes to people and<br />
procedures in order to ensure total system effectiveness. <strong>HFI</strong> management is<br />
embedded within the wider project team. It is driven by, and contributes to the<br />
same information and products as the rest of the team. The <strong>HFI</strong> strategy should<br />
show how the key goals of the <strong>HFI</strong> effort will help achieve overall project goals.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> technical activity normally involves other stakeholders.<br />
Effective <strong>HFI</strong> requires a co-ordinator, nominally called the ‘<strong>HFI</strong> Focus’. The<br />
responsibility for <strong>HFI</strong> might be undertaken by another role within the team, or by<br />
the project manager. During most phases of acquisition, the role of <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
will fit naturally within the IPT. During Concept phase someone in the CWG<br />
should take responsibility for <strong>HFI</strong> and act as the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus before the embryonic<br />
IPT is formed. Started early, <strong>HFI</strong> will yield the greatest gains for least cost.<br />
Waiting until the IPT is established loses valuable time, increases risk and could<br />
lead to a less valuable <strong>HFI</strong> contribution to the documents supporting the business<br />
case at Initial Gate.<br />
3.1.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Steering Groups and Working Groups<br />
3.1.4.1 Organisation<br />
In order to manage <strong>HFI</strong> at the level of platform procurement, two types of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Groups are often formed. At an overall platform level, a <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Steering<br />
Group (HFSG) is formed. Beneath this, <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Working Groups<br />
(HFWG) are formed, based on different areas or subsystems within the platform,<br />
for example ‘Escape and Evacuation’. Figure 3-1 gives an example for a project<br />
involving the procurement of a large naval system.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Steering<br />
Group<br />
HF Working Group<br />
Accommodation<br />
HF Working Group<br />
Complementing<br />
HF Working Group<br />
Combat Systems<br />
HF Working Group<br />
Seamanship/RAS<br />
HF Working Group<br />
Bridge<br />
Figure 3-1: Organisation of HF Steering Group and HF Working Groups<br />
3.1.4.2 The Requirement for HF Steering Groups and Working Groups<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus may need to form an HFSG and associated Working Groups for<br />
the duration of the programme or during a specific project. Whether or not an<br />
HFSG is formed, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus must identify all stakeholders and seek their<br />
involvement as appropriate.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
The HF Steering Group may be needed under the following circumstances:<br />
• The project is large and complex, as is normally the case with the<br />
procurement of a new platform or Combat System.<br />
• The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme represents a critical path in the overall TLMP and<br />
needs to be formally discussed with other IPT members, stakeholders,<br />
Supplier personnel (including subcontractors) and MoD Authorities.<br />
• The <strong>HFI</strong> Programme is used as the focus for some aspect of project<br />
development, e.g. complement studies, user-equipment interface design,<br />
Training Needs Analysis etc.<br />
The development of the total system to deliver an effective operational capability<br />
with minimal support costs requires the effective application of a multi-disciplinary<br />
approach. The unique contribution of <strong>HFI</strong> is to concentrate on the human<br />
performance and support requirements and HF characteristics to be delivered.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> works with other disciplines in a number of general ways as follows:<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> provides basic data on human limitations and capacities that drive<br />
design decisions in other disciplines, e.g. data on basic visual acuity is<br />
used to determine display characteristics.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> provides techniques, methods and models that enable assessment of<br />
the feasibility and value of design options proposed by other disciplines,<br />
e.g. human workload analysis used to assess the feasibility of alternative<br />
human-computer interface designs.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> provides unique contributions to the overall design concept, e.g.<br />
techniques for modelling complement size and the future organisation of<br />
the crew.<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) must identify the dependencies and<br />
interfaces between <strong>HFI</strong> activities with other disciplines in the context of the<br />
overall Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP). It is important to realise that<br />
closer integration with other disciplines can also lead to greater efficiency and<br />
real cost savings to the overall programme. Poor integration leads to risks of<br />
sub-optimal human performance due to inferior product design (limiting<br />
operational capability), higher support costs, greater health and safety risks and<br />
waste of development resources and costs.<br />
The sections below provide guidance about how <strong>HFI</strong> works with other disciplines<br />
during system development. The advice contained within these sections is<br />
primarily aimed at the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus for the project or programme.<br />
3.1.4.3 Who is Involved<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> requires a multidisciplinary team approach within the HF Steering Group and<br />
Working Groups, involving:<br />
1. Principal Personnel Officer (PPO) – Who need to review <strong>HFI</strong> implications<br />
for manning, the scheme of complement, future personnel selection and<br />
retention aspects. FLEET-NPS and FLEET-NLM represent the PPO in<br />
these matters. FOTR provides a focus to explain RN training policy and to<br />
review training issues. RN Intelligent Customer Group (RN ICG) and<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-6 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
representatives from RN training schools may also be invited to discuss<br />
Training Needs Analysis and training implementation.<br />
2. Manpower planners – Who need a dialogue to ensure that proposed<br />
systems will integrate as part of wider work systems that can be<br />
sustainably manned.<br />
3. Recruitment agencies – Who need a dialogue about trends in recruitment<br />
and abilities of service entrants to ensure a match between system needs<br />
and future personnel supply.<br />
4. Equipment specifiers – Who need to include operability and other<br />
requirements to ensure equipment will be ‘fit for use’.<br />
5. Equipment designers – Who need to understand users’ tasks, capabilities<br />
and limitations.<br />
6. HF Specialists – Who are needed to deal with specific issues, to review<br />
the outputs of the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme and to provide guidance on MoD policy.<br />
7. Industrial Suppliers – Who need to understand the context and<br />
constraints of operational use. They need to contribute information about<br />
ways in which technology can ease the integration of the people into the<br />
system. Suppliers are also best able to supply detailed analysis and<br />
performance information to support operability and other evaluations of<br />
human ‘fit’ for the solutions they offer.<br />
8. Acceptance Authorities – Who need reliable, practical means of<br />
evaluating effectiveness in use.<br />
9. Training providers – Who need to understand the gap between what is<br />
needed to use equipment effectively and the capabilities of the designated<br />
personnel. Training providers also need to feed back information so<br />
equipment can be designed to reduce the training burden.<br />
10. Safety Authorities including Naval Authorities – Who need to<br />
understand the human contribution to hazardous events and how design<br />
can enhance safety.<br />
11. Users – Who represent RN, RM, Army and RAF HQ units and to provide<br />
subject matter expert opinion.<br />
12. Operational Analysis – Who needs to undertake mathematical modelling<br />
and simulation of operational performance and develop whole-life costs of<br />
platform and equipment design options.<br />
13. Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) – Who need to develop the support<br />
concept and assess Availability, Reliability and Maintainability of the<br />
system.<br />
14. Whole Life Support (WLS) – Who need to co-ordinate the Integrated<br />
Logistics Support (ILS) work programme and to review the <strong>HFI</strong> implications<br />
for support options.<br />
15. Sea Systems Group - Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong> Office (SSG-SSMO) –<br />
Who need to co-ordinate requirements for the ship safety case and the<br />
ship safety management system.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-7 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 identifies the Authorities and other stakeholders that are involved<br />
with each <strong>HFI</strong> activity at each phase of procurement. These may also need to be<br />
represented in the HFSG. Whether or not an HFSG is formed, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
must identify all stakeholders and seek their involvement as appropriate.<br />
For naval systems, the HF Steering Group typically consists of at least the<br />
following members, see Table 3-1.<br />
IPT<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus (often from<br />
ILS)<br />
Prime Contracting<br />
Organisation<br />
HF Lead<br />
INM<br />
Other Stakeholders<br />
ILS Manager Quality Assurance MLS (MoD Abbey Wood)<br />
Requirements Manager Safety SSG (SSG-CSHF)<br />
Subsystem HF Foci Subsystem specialists Customer 1 (DEC)<br />
Customer 2<br />
Table 3-1: HF Steering Group Members<br />
Each HF Working Group will comprise representatives from the stakeholders<br />
listed in Table 3-1, along with engineering and personnel from each of the<br />
subsystem areas.<br />
3.1.4.4 Specialist HF Capability<br />
Performing <strong>HFI</strong> successfully depends on specialist capability in disciplines such<br />
as human physiology, biomechanics, psychology, ergonomics and, indeed, <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
Some activities though, particularly in the first pass conducted in Concept phase,<br />
may be carried out by other disciplines with suitable guidance. In most areas it is<br />
not possible to undertake <strong>HFI</strong> in isolation from the other stakeholders who are<br />
often the owners of key data as well as the means to implement the solutions.<br />
Specialist support in <strong>HFI</strong> can be obtained by consulting the full list of Registered<br />
Ergonomics Consultancies and Registered Members and Fellows from the<br />
Ergonomics Society (ES) website [Ref 26].<br />
3.1.4.5 Other HF Stakeholders<br />
Good <strong>HFI</strong> depends on good relationships, as well as on well-applied knowledge.<br />
Many organisations and specialities have a stake in <strong>HFI</strong>. All stakeholders should<br />
be involved in the process as early as possible, although they may not<br />
necessarily be members of either the HF Steering Group or Working Groups.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-8 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
The following activities need to be conducted to ensure that stakeholders are<br />
involved:<br />
• Identify key and peripheral stakeholders (including those who will be useful<br />
sources of information and those who will be affected by the project), see<br />
Figure 3-2; see also ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] for information<br />
on stakeholder type and role.<br />
• Identify and make contact with those who can contribute to thinking on <strong>HFI</strong><br />
(e.g. those organisations that hold information about user characteristics,<br />
lessons learned from in-service equipment and knowledge about future<br />
technologies and operations).<br />
• Review other project plans and activities for required <strong>HFI</strong> inputs.<br />
Personnel<br />
agencies<br />
Operational<br />
commands<br />
Training<br />
Training<br />
agencies<br />
Safety<br />
authorities<br />
Personnel<br />
System Safety<br />
Recruitment<br />
agencies<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Domains<br />
Logisticians<br />
Manpower<br />
Health Hazard<br />
Manning<br />
planners<br />
Cost<br />
forecasters<br />
HF Engineering<br />
Acceptance<br />
authorities<br />
System<br />
engineers<br />
Equipment<br />
developers<br />
Figure 3-2: Stakeholders in <strong>HFI</strong> Domains (excluding Organisational and<br />
Social Domain)<br />
Some terms are used differently by different stakeholders. <strong>HFI</strong> concerns crossorganisational<br />
boundaries within MoD, and responsibilities within the project<br />
team. The emphasis of <strong>HFI</strong> should be on integration across the whole system.<br />
The range of issues covered by the <strong>HFI</strong> activity will usually be far larger than the<br />
available resources can support. Effective sharing and re-use of activities and<br />
information from other areas of the project can significantly add to what <strong>HFI</strong> can<br />
achieve from its own budget. Re-use and sharing of information should be<br />
encouraged and may be enhanced by the use of common databases.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-9 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> of Requirements, Issues and Project Control<br />
This section describes the <strong>HFI</strong> roles and responsibilities for:<br />
• Identifying and managing requirements for the <strong>HFI</strong> element of the project.<br />
• Identifying and managing issues for the <strong>HFI</strong> element of the project.<br />
• Managing the control of the <strong>HFI</strong> programme.<br />
3.2.1 Identifying and Managing Requirements<br />
The process of identifying and managing requirements ensures that the customer<br />
requirement is fully defined and mutually understood by the customer and the<br />
IPT.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for ensuring that <strong>HFI</strong> aspects of the customer<br />
requirements are fully understood and for incorporating these requirements for<br />
the procurement into the URD and SRD. The URD and SRD should therefore<br />
include human performance requirements and design characteristics, and the<br />
methods by which satisfaction of these are assessed and accepted.<br />
The HF characteristics (see Chap 1) of the system will play a major role in<br />
determining ultimate operational capability, supportability and safety.<br />
Requirements in the URD and SRD must therefore ensure that these HF<br />
characteristics are studied, assessed and used during the design and<br />
development of platforms and equipment.<br />
For some legacy projects, the customer requirement may have been developed<br />
into Agreed Characteristics that are traceable from the URD.<br />
3.2.1.1 The Requirements <strong>Management</strong> Process<br />
Investment in <strong>HFI</strong> must ensure that any human-related issues with a significant<br />
impact on a system’s ability to deliver the required capability are properly<br />
captured in the requirements at Initial Gate, Main Gate and subsequent<br />
evolutionary approvals. To be effective, the <strong>HFI</strong> contribution must be fully<br />
integrated with all other material. The process is essentially the same in both<br />
Concept and Assessment phases.<br />
• Identify what documents are to be produced and who ‘owns’ those with a<br />
bearing on the human aspects of the capability.<br />
• Identify sections in relevant requirements documents that will require (or<br />
benefit from) consideration of human-related issues.<br />
• Discuss with the document owner what contribution <strong>HFI</strong> can make.<br />
• Agree the form and time-scales for HF contributions: identify key human<br />
issues in high-level documents and more detail in lower-level documents.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-10 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
• Ensure contributions reflect human performance assumptions and humanrelated<br />
risks and opportunities.<br />
• Ensure that contributions are properly integrated with other parts of the<br />
document.<br />
3.2.1.2 <strong>HFI</strong> content of the URD and SRD<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> content of the URD and SRD, including their type, content and format<br />
are discussed in ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17].<br />
3.2.1.3 Acceptance Criteria<br />
All requirements should be accompanied by agreed acceptance criteria. These<br />
might not be fully defined at initial issue, but should be completed before Main<br />
Gate. Pass thresholds (values of criteria to be exceeded) should be agreed<br />
before contract. If this is not possible, the ITEAP should define a mechanism and<br />
a programme for agreeing them.<br />
3.2.1.4 <strong>HFI</strong> in Requirements Change <strong>Management</strong><br />
‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] discusses the role of <strong>HFI</strong> in deriving and<br />
managing requirements more fully. The <strong>HFI</strong> domains (Manpower, Personnel,<br />
Training, <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering, System Safety, Health Hazard<br />
Assessment, and Organisational and Social) also provide a structure for deriving<br />
requirements. It is recommended that the <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1<br />
be used to fully define the customer requirement. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 provides<br />
guidance on <strong>HFI</strong> activities, outputs and methods for use by the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus when<br />
understanding and developing the customer requirement and for assessing the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> issues, risks and through-life implications of technical options.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> concerns must be integrated into the process of creating and managing the<br />
requirements, especially as requirements change. Requirements may change<br />
because:<br />
• The need changes during acquisition.<br />
• One component might have to change in response to new information<br />
about what is and is not achievable with another component.<br />
• Requirements need clarification and interpretation in order to support<br />
design decisions with information at a level of detail not contained in the<br />
SRD.<br />
The skill in <strong>HFI</strong> is to understand the side effects of the changes on the extensive<br />
web of dependent assumptions, requirements, constraints and design decisions.<br />
Because of the pervasive nature of human issues, trade-offs made anywhere in a<br />
system design can have potential implications for the <strong>HFI</strong> requirements. These<br />
all need careful management.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> requirements can be complex and difficult to specify precisely. Managing<br />
change in HF requirements is challenging even with the support of a good<br />
change management system, but it is one of the most important aspects of<br />
effective <strong>HFI</strong>. For more information, including a checklist to ensure that <strong>HFI</strong> is<br />
applied to requirements change management, see ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’<br />
[Ref 17].<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-11 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
3.2.2 Identifying and Managing <strong>HFI</strong> Issues and Risk<br />
3.2.2.1 Introduction<br />
Identifying and managing human related issues and risks are central to <strong>HFI</strong>. The<br />
process consists of a series of activities that are performed iteratively, including<br />
the following:<br />
• Identifying <strong>HFI</strong> issues.<br />
• Assessing their impact.<br />
• Managing and tracking the issues to their eventual resolution.<br />
3.2.2.2 Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA)<br />
The basic process for identifying and assessing the impact of <strong>HFI</strong> issues is<br />
known as EHFA (Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis). Within Smart Acquisition, the<br />
process should be started in the Concept phase, developed in Assessment, and<br />
be periodically revisited at major decision points through the life of the system.<br />
Based on established risk management techniques, EHFA helps define and track<br />
key human related issues at an early stage when there is limited information<br />
about potential solutions. It contributes directly to project requirements and risk<br />
management.<br />
EHFA need not be complex nor require major resource. Project size and<br />
complexity drive the effort needed, as does the expected human role in the<br />
system and the quality and ease of access to suitable information sources.<br />
Where limited resources are available (e.g. with smaller projects), the technique<br />
can be undertaken effectively by one person who has appropriate analysis skills<br />
and awareness of the potential scope of human issues. EHFA comprises three<br />
steps:<br />
1. Establish the baseline for <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
2. Identify <strong>HFI</strong> issues.<br />
3. Assess the impact of <strong>HFI</strong> related risks.<br />
The results of the Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA) will indicate the initial<br />
issues and risks that need to be addressed in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme. Chap 1 of<br />
this guide discusses HF issues by <strong>HFI</strong> domain (Manpower, Personnel, Training,<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering, System Safety, Health Hazard Assessment, etc for<br />
platforms and equipment). <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas should be used to<br />
help the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to understand the implications of these issues for the<br />
procurement strategy.<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) (discussed in Chap 4 of this guide)<br />
must clearly describe each of the issues that are to be addressed.<br />
The following information on actions required to address the three steps for<br />
EHFA highlighted above is taken from ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17].<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-12 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
3.2.2.3 Establish the baseline for <strong>HFI</strong><br />
• Actions<br />
• Outputs<br />
• Identify all material defining the baseline (the fixed inputs, background,<br />
objectives and scope of the project, relevant standards etc.).<br />
• Check for content relevant to the <strong>HFI</strong> domains, noting what is ‘core’ to <strong>HFI</strong>.<br />
• Identify what is known, or is current thinking, about human-related issues.<br />
• Determine what is ‘fact’ and what is ‘assumption’ and document both.<br />
• Note any likely <strong>HFI</strong> distinctions between options under consideration.<br />
• Identify areas where there is no information on <strong>HFI</strong> matters and decide<br />
how to fill gaps.<br />
• Agree <strong>HFI</strong> analysis activities, time-scales and outputs.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Baseline, with reference to facts, decisions, assumptions, constraints.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Assumptions register including (for each assumption):<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
A unique reference number and description of the assumption.<br />
Related concept options or concerns.<br />
The source of the assumption and when it was raised.<br />
A statement of the assumption’s validity.<br />
The sensitivity of the project to the assumption.<br />
• Checklist<br />
Documents containing human related information could be about:<br />
• The operational need<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Missions, scenarios and operational context.<br />
Concept of use, interoperability.<br />
• Predecessor system(s)<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Manpower or personnel problems.<br />
Training methods, facilities and problems.<br />
User interface, workplace layout or environment features and<br />
problems.<br />
Maintenance and support philosophy, organisation, facilities,<br />
practices and problems.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-13 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
o<br />
Operator, maintainer and support personnel performance.<br />
• Future trends<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Demographics, recruitment.<br />
Policy for manning, training, maintenance and support.<br />
Philosophy, organisation and infrastructure for maintenance and<br />
support.<br />
Legislation of safety, health and working conditions.<br />
• Capability options<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Organisational structure.<br />
Personnel options, problems and/or constraints.<br />
Recruitment and retention policy.<br />
Equipment, maintenance and support options.<br />
3.2.2.4 Identify <strong>HFI</strong> Issues<br />
• Actions<br />
• Outputs<br />
• Set up registers to manage <strong>HFI</strong> assumptions and issues.<br />
• Review information sources for a high level assessment of potential <strong>HFI</strong><br />
assumptions and issues.<br />
• Consult stakeholders to identify assumptions and issues.<br />
• Identify areas where <strong>HFI</strong> is likely to have a high impact on cost, timescales,<br />
personnel safety or system effectiveness.<br />
• Document the assumptions and issues.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Issues Register, including (for each issue)<br />
o<br />
o<br />
A unique reference number and description.<br />
A likely impact on cost, time-scale, safety or system effectiveness.<br />
• Checklist<br />
For each option, have you considered<br />
• The system<br />
o<br />
o<br />
<strong>Human</strong>-related risks of procurement strategy.<br />
Time available for <strong>HFI</strong> activities.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-14 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Availability of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data.<br />
<strong>Human</strong>-equipment integration.<br />
• Manpower<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Potential manpower shortages or surpluses.<br />
Cost of too high or too low manpower forecast.<br />
Potential accommodation problems.<br />
Wider organisation implications (e.g., manning for damage control<br />
or guard duty).<br />
Allocation of tasks between organisations, teams and individuals.<br />
• Personnel<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Potential skill or knowledge mismatch, risks of new skill<br />
requirements.<br />
Requirements for increased multi-skilling.<br />
Task failures and errors.<br />
• Training<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Training capacity and likely training demand.<br />
Potential new training needs.<br />
Novel types of training need.<br />
Skill fade (i.e., loss of basic skills due to infrequent use).<br />
Negative transfer (mismatch of responses learned from other<br />
experience).<br />
• HF Engineering<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Physical or mental workload (operation, maintenance or support).<br />
Workplace layout and environment.<br />
Situation awareness with automated systems.<br />
Quality of teamwork.<br />
Maintenance problems.<br />
• System safety<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Workspace and platform constraints – visibility, ingress and egress.<br />
Work/rest cycles.<br />
Safety related tasks.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-15 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
• Health hazard assessment<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Hazardous operations or conditions.<br />
Hazardous equipment or material.<br />
The working environment, posture and duty cycles.<br />
3.2.2.5 Assess Impact of <strong>HFI</strong> Risks<br />
• Actions<br />
• Outputs<br />
• Enlist support of people with operational experience and HF Specialists as<br />
needed.<br />
• Assess the likelihood and impact of each risk (high, medium or low) –<br />
ensure impact ratings conform to project wide definitions.<br />
• Combine these using a standard risk matrix to give an overall score, and<br />
hence priority.<br />
• Document the assessment.<br />
• Record <strong>HFI</strong> risks in the Project Risk Register. Where necessary,<br />
aggregate to achieve granularity consistent with other project risk<br />
statements.<br />
• Provide EHFA report to CWG for review.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Issues Register including (for each issue):<br />
o<br />
Proposed strategy for mitigating the associated risks.<br />
• EHFA report (that can then be called up by the TLMP) containing:<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Validated assumptions, requirements, constraints and concerns.<br />
Prioritised, agreed risks with mitigation strategies for each.<br />
3.2.3 Risks and the Project Risk Register<br />
Once identified, <strong>HFI</strong> issues for which risk management activities are required<br />
should be described in the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P). The EHFA<br />
and subsequent activities will indicate risks that should be entered into the risk<br />
register. <strong>HFI</strong> issues should be expressed in the same way as other types of risk.<br />
Probability and impact on the operational capability, supportability, health and<br />
safety, and on the project itself should be expressed for each risk.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> risks to be addressed in a programme fall into four broad categories:<br />
1. Failure to meet the full operational requirement, e.g. operator workload in<br />
projected scenarios limits overall response times to threats.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-16 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
2. Failure to produce a supportable system within the costs and resources<br />
available, e.g. skill and knowledge required to operate new equipment<br />
exceeds that planned in current manpower and training policy.<br />
3. Failure to meet health and safety requirements, e.g. excessive heat in<br />
operational compartments in particular climates.<br />
4. Failure to complete the programme within cost and time, e.g. equipment<br />
user interface design is found to be unusable during Trials and Acceptance<br />
and requires significant redesign.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> issues should also be fed into the Project Risk and Issues Register. Figure<br />
3-3 shows the relationship between the Project and the <strong>HFI</strong> mechanisms used to<br />
resolve HF issues and risks.<br />
Through Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan<br />
(TLMP)<br />
HF Policy<br />
Paper<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
Project Risk &<br />
Issues Register<br />
HF Issues<br />
Register<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
Activity<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
Output<br />
Stakeholders<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>L)<br />
<strong>HFI</strong><br />
Deliverables<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Data<br />
Collection<br />
Figure 3-3: Activities to Address HF Issues<br />
The project Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP) is the starting point for the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> deliverables. The HF Issues Register should form a sub-set of the Project<br />
Risk and Issues Register, with a two-way exchange of information between<br />
Project and <strong>HFI</strong> databases. Issues and risks arising from the HF Issues Register<br />
will be entered into the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L) in order to track<br />
their progress and eventual resolution. The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-17 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P) will be updated to reflect the activities required in order to investigate and<br />
ultimately resolve the issues and risks. <strong>HFI</strong> deliverables will be the result of<br />
those <strong>HFI</strong> activities addressing the issues and risks.<br />
Thus the <strong>HFI</strong>P sets out the plan of action, while the <strong>HFI</strong>L records past decisions<br />
and data and shows present status.<br />
3.2.4 Content of the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L)<br />
The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L) is a concise summary of the<br />
accumulated project <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data and it records important decisions<br />
relating to <strong>HFI</strong> issues, risks and trade-offs.<br />
The following information must be recorded in the <strong>HFI</strong>L:<br />
• Summary of issues and risks for project (from the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) and project reviews) cross-referred to <strong>HFI</strong> Domain<br />
and <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Area.<br />
• Minutes of all <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Steering Group (HFSG) and <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Working Group (HFWG) meetings.<br />
• Index to <strong>HFI</strong> deliverables and cross-index to other deliverables with related<br />
content.<br />
• Results of <strong>HFI</strong> system and design trade-offs, e.g. selection of options<br />
during Combined Operational Effectiveness and Investment Appraisal<br />
(COEIA), use of results of assessments, major conclusions from studies.<br />
• Results of <strong>HFI</strong> assessment and acceptance tests.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>L must be maintained to provide information that can be used as the<br />
basis for subsequent <strong>HFI</strong>Ps in the programme. The log must be structured to<br />
allow an audit trail for all decisions. The development of the log is the<br />
responsibility of the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus and this responsibility may be delegated to the<br />
Supplier. The <strong>HFI</strong>L should be referred to and maintained during In-Service<br />
updates and modifications to the platform or equipment.<br />
3.2.5 Assess the Impact of <strong>HFI</strong> Related Issues and Risks<br />
Having identified and recorded <strong>HFI</strong> issues and risks, actions are required to<br />
assess their impact on the design of the system and the whole-life implications.<br />
‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] describes the actions required to assess<br />
this impact, along with a risk-scoring matrix to prioritise the level of risk.<br />
3.2.6 Managing Issues Through-Life<br />
EHFA is most important during Concept and Assessment, when the options are<br />
being explored and defined. Many of the <strong>HFI</strong> issues identified early will not be<br />
fully resolved by Main Gate, and more will arise during subsequent phases. The<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> issues register and other relevant project/<strong>HFI</strong> risk registers should be kept<br />
live throughout the project, and the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> analysis of issues revisited at<br />
all key events. As the project progresses, the main source of issues to be<br />
managed will shift progressively from exploratory work, research and experience<br />
with other systems to feedback from the evolving experience of the system itself.<br />
It is necessary to ensure the necessary communication mechanisms are in place<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-18 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
to capture this experience. Table 3-2 is a summary of activities required to<br />
manage <strong>HFI</strong> issues through the life of the system.<br />
Phase Event/Activities <strong>HFI</strong> Activity Feeding Issues<br />
Concept &<br />
Assessment<br />
Demonstration<br />
Manufacture<br />
In-Service<br />
Requirements Capture;<br />
Trade-off studies<br />
Contract award<br />
Major trials<br />
Equipment acceptance<br />
trials<br />
Initial operational work up<br />
Routine deployment<br />
Extended use<br />
Proposed upgrade<br />
Main phases for EHFA<br />
Identify impact of negotiated<br />
changes<br />
Assess impact of human<br />
performance<br />
Assess impact of any shortfalls<br />
Draw issues out of military<br />
user’s initial experience<br />
In service <strong>HFI</strong> audit after settling<br />
down<br />
Feedback from the front line<br />
Assess new issues driven by<br />
change<br />
Disposal Decommissioning Identify any non-routine hazards<br />
Table 3-2: Summary of <strong>HFI</strong> Activities to Manage <strong>HFI</strong> Issues by Procurement<br />
Phase<br />
3.2.7 Importance of Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Issues and Co-ordination<br />
The role of any procurement programme, including those that are part of<br />
updates, is to develop, select or modify a system that provides the capability and<br />
performance required in the operational requirement. Every system, whether at<br />
platform or equipment level, will eventually need to be successfully integrated<br />
with other existing or newly developed systems, subsystems or products. A<br />
major factor determining success is the resolution of the <strong>HFI</strong> issues that will<br />
inevitably arise as a result of entering new platforms and equipments into service.<br />
In the past, <strong>HFI</strong> Programmes have often been limited to addressing the design of<br />
specific issues associated with individual equipments. The delivery of effective<br />
performance and control of support costs, however, requires that a total-system<br />
approach be applied. A total-system approach recognises that it is the<br />
combination of the future operational context, the application and design of<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-19 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
technology, the deployment and the tasks and characteristics of personnel that<br />
determines performance and supportability.<br />
Two general types of procurement situation exist in which a Whole Ship<br />
approach is applied:<br />
• Development of a new platform that may include a mixture of existing and<br />
new equipments.<br />
• Development of modifications or new equipments for an existing platform.<br />
3.2.7.1 Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Co-ordination Process<br />
Whole Ship co-ordination of <strong>HFI</strong> requires a total-system perspective. The key to<br />
an effective Whole Ship approach is to consider the effect of every procurement<br />
decision on the user. In terms of project or programme management this is<br />
achieved by applying the <strong>HFI</strong> guidance contained in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>1.<br />
The Whole Ship co-ordination process consists of two general components:<br />
• Monitoring <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plans (<strong>HFI</strong>Ps) between different<br />
projects in a top-down manner from the platform level down to the level of<br />
individual equipments.<br />
• Execution of <strong>HFI</strong> activities and the collection of data that address the<br />
impact of design decisions on the Whole Ship.<br />
The relationship between <strong>HFI</strong>Ps and <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Logs (<strong>HFI</strong>Ls) in<br />
the Procurement Process is illustrated in Figure 3-4.<br />
Platform<br />
Supplier<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
IPT <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
Execution<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Log<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>L)<br />
<strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
Co-ordination<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Data Collation<br />
Equipment<br />
Supplier<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
IPT <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
Execution<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Log<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>L)<br />
Figure 3-4: Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Co-ordination using <strong>HFI</strong>Ps and <strong>HFI</strong>Ls<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-20 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
In a procurement project, <strong>HFI</strong>Ps will be developed for each part of the project. In<br />
practice each plan is separate though each will need to take account of the<br />
Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP) for the wider system. Project plans must<br />
ensure that <strong>HFI</strong>, at each phase of procurement, makes provision for joint conduct<br />
of activities and sharing of data with all related projects where common issues<br />
may be affected.<br />
Each project will execute activities and generate data that is recorded in the<br />
<strong>HFI</strong>L. This data is used to understand the implications of procurement decisions<br />
top-down from the platform, and bottom-up from specific equipments.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 contains detailed guidance about the process for achieving Whole<br />
Ship co-ordination.<br />
3.2.7.2 Responsibilities for Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Issues and Co-ordination<br />
The IPT Leader is responsible for Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> co-ordination for new<br />
platforms. Individual Project Managers are responsible for ensuring that their <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Programmes provide the information required by the IPT Leader for new<br />
platforms. System Project Managers are responsible for Whole Ship coordination<br />
for existing vessels often in close collaboration with existing crews and<br />
Service authorities.<br />
Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> co-ordination requires the following management steps:<br />
Project Co-ordination Checklist<br />
Identify the procurement programmes and projects of relevance to the<br />
development of a new platform or equipment or the modification of an existing<br />
platform or equipment.<br />
Organise contact points and steering groups responsible for <strong>HFI</strong> and specify<br />
their terms of reference – <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 lists stakeholders involved in each <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical Area.<br />
Identify the issues that require liaison across different procurement and support<br />
programmes and projects.<br />
Collate existing <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data relevant to the new equipment or<br />
modification from previous procurements or field studies.<br />
Adapt the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) to ensure that activities<br />
address shared issues and risks.<br />
Describe dependencies between the plans in various programmes and<br />
projects.<br />
Identify the products and data needed for Whole Ship co-ordination to ensure<br />
that the information required is available.<br />
Table 3-3: Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Co-ordination Actions<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-21 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
3.2.8 Managing and Monitoring the Project<br />
3.2.8.1 Scope<br />
Responsibilities for managing and monitoring <strong>HFI</strong> activities and <strong>HFI</strong> suppliers fall<br />
to different project roles as identified in Chapter 1 of this document. The<br />
responsibilities include the following:<br />
• Managing the project<br />
• Managing and monitoring the <strong>HFI</strong> activities<br />
• Managing subcontracts<br />
• Assessment of Supplier <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Integrating <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> activities within a project can be challenging. Coordinating<br />
contributions from the many stakeholders with an interest in human<br />
issues can be complicated by the organisational boundaries involved. The<br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Authority (IA) or Joint Capability Board (JCB) might provide useful<br />
input regarding ‘pan IPT’ issues and requirements. The foundation work for HF<br />
integration should begin as early as possible in acquisition, when ideas are<br />
embryonic, i.e. during the Concept phase.<br />
3.2.8.2 Managing the Project<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus manages the Supplier(s) to ensure that the product or service is<br />
delivered within timescale and budget to meet the required specification.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus monitors progress against the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>P). Progress monitoring may take the form of <strong>HFI</strong> progress reports and<br />
meetings in addition to overall project design reviews. The <strong>HFI</strong> activities and<br />
products are checked to ensure that they comply with requirements stated in the<br />
CSA and the ITT. The management of <strong>HFI</strong> risks is monitored. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
assesses the impact of <strong>HFI</strong> on the overall project and provides approval or<br />
otherwise to the on-going work programme. Other stakeholders may be invited<br />
to help monitor, assess and direct the <strong>HFI</strong> work (see Section 3.1 and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>1). HF Specialists can be used to assess the technical worth and implications<br />
of the <strong>HFI</strong> work.<br />
3.2.8.3 Monitoring <strong>HFI</strong> Programme<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for monitoring the <strong>HFI</strong> work conducted in the<br />
project. At a detailed level this is achieved by comparing Supplier <strong>HFI</strong> activities<br />
and products against the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P). More<br />
generally, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus should also assess the following:<br />
• The impact of the <strong>HFI</strong> work on overall system operational capability,<br />
supportability and safety.<br />
• That Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> co-ordination is achieved (see Chap 1).<br />
• The cost-benefits of each part of the <strong>HFI</strong> work, in terms of the contribution<br />
to operational effectiveness, reduction of whole-life costs and reduction of<br />
product development costs and risks.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-22 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
• That <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data and recommendations are actually applied<br />
in the system development process.<br />
• That appropriate and timely liaison about <strong>HFI</strong> issues and risks is<br />
maintained with other parts of the MoD.<br />
• Continuity of the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme is maintained so that the most important<br />
issues and risks are managed at all phases of the procurement.<br />
3.2.8.4 Managing Subcontracts<br />
This process is followed to purchase products and services. The Invitation to<br />
Tender (ITT) is developed to include the SRD, the statement of work and<br />
standards together with contractual and other requirements. Tenderer responses<br />
are assessed and contracts are placed.<br />
At each procurement phase the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus prepares relevant content of the<br />
Invitation to Tender (ITT). A skeleton <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
may be included in the ITT. Specific <strong>HFI</strong> activities and outputs may be called up<br />
in the statement of work. <strong>HFI</strong> standards may be applied and the tenderers may<br />
be invited to describe their approach to the development of project-specific<br />
standards. The weighting given to <strong>HFI</strong> aspects in evaluating the overall worth of<br />
each response is decided. The proposals from tenderers are evaluated.<br />
The following is a general list of topics, which will be described in the <strong>HFI</strong> Section<br />
of the ITT:<br />
• MoD approach to <strong>HFI</strong> (see Chap 2).<br />
• Prime Contracting Organisation (PCO) proposals for end user and<br />
customer participation.<br />
• MoD requirements for HF attributes and characteristics of the system.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> standards (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Annex 2).<br />
• Any <strong>HFI</strong> requirements and constraints from Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis<br />
(EHFA).<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Issues.<br />
• PCO proposals for defining and using operational scenarios.<br />
• Project Specific Target Audience Description (PSTAD).<br />
• Use of existing <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong>(s).<br />
• PCO approach to total System <strong>Integration</strong> issues (see Chap 2 and Section<br />
3.2.7 regarding Whole Ship co-ordination and multidisciplinary integration).<br />
• Requirements for Supplier’s <strong>HFI</strong>P (see Chap 4).<br />
• Details of additional required <strong>HFI</strong> Deliverables.<br />
• Requirements for new <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Style <strong>Guide</strong>.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-23 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
3.2.8.5 Assessment of Supplier <strong>HFI</strong> Activities<br />
Down selection of Suppliers is a major project decision. Suppliers are judged not<br />
only on the solutions offered, but also on an assessment of their ability to deliver<br />
what they offer. At the time of selection, many <strong>HFI</strong> issues will be only partly<br />
explored, with few fully resolved. The Supplier will influence the effectiveness of<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> after down selection, either as an IPT member or, more significantly, in terms<br />
of the design and development process. For the system to be effective, the<br />
benefits of <strong>HFI</strong> gained during the project’s early phases must be carried through<br />
into implementation. Evidence of the Supplier’s competence to do this must be<br />
sought and used as part of a balanced selection process.<br />
The following activities need to be assessed in order to evaluate Supplier <strong>HFI</strong>:<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> content of Supplier results produced so far.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> analysis, assessments and trials.<br />
• Contribution to <strong>HFI</strong> Working Group.<br />
• Development of prototypes and demonstrators.<br />
• Understanding of context of use.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> content of plans and processes offered.<br />
• Active management of human-related issues.<br />
• Involvement of users in design and review.<br />
• Use of prototypes and progressive evaluation of operability.<br />
• Acceptance tests for operability and key aspects of human performance.<br />
• Mechanisms by which <strong>HFI</strong> work will be able to exert influence.<br />
• Dependence on Government Furnished Assets (GFA).<br />
• Quality/credentials of <strong>HFI</strong> team.<br />
• Extent to which <strong>HFI</strong> is integrated in the Supplier organisation.<br />
• Quality of working links between <strong>HFI</strong> and development teams.<br />
‘Practical Guidance for IPTs’ [Ref 17] provides a Checklist of questions by which<br />
the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus can ensure that Supplier <strong>HFI</strong> activities are addressed.<br />
Additionally, the <strong>HFI</strong> Process Risk Assessment can be applied. This process<br />
uses a model of <strong>HFI</strong> as a benchmark to define and monitor project activity and<br />
assess whether the <strong>HFI</strong> guidance on the Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System are<br />
being adopted and adhered to; for advice and background, see ‘<strong>HFI</strong> Process<br />
Risk Assessment (PRA)’ [Ref 27].<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-24 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
3.3 Managing Acceptance<br />
This section describes the responsibilities of the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus in managing the<br />
acceptance process and the responsibilities of the supplier in the design of<br />
acceptance testing procedures.<br />
3.3.1 The Acceptance Process<br />
Acceptance is the formal process to certify that contractual commitments have<br />
been met, and that the deliverables meet their requirements. Equipment<br />
acceptance is based on evidence that the equipment has the required attributes<br />
and performs as specified in the SRD. This evidence is normally based on a<br />
combination of inspection (of the equipment and supporting documentation) and<br />
tests or trials (of the equipment). Evidence should be gathered incrementally<br />
during development and manufacture.<br />
The acceptance process is described in more detail in Chapter 2 of this<br />
document and in ‘The Acquisition Handbook’ [Ref 2]. This section also contains<br />
material taken from ‘Practical Guidance for IPTs [Ref 17] which should be<br />
referred to for more detailed information.<br />
Table 3-4 below summarises the acceptance ‘stages’, although acceptance is a<br />
whole-life process. At an early stage during the acquisition process, the IPT<br />
Leader and the DEC (as the Acceptance Authority) will agree an acceptance<br />
strategy that will identify how the acceptance process will be applied and will<br />
enable an Integrated Test, Evaluation and Acceptance Plan (ITEAP) to be drawn<br />
up. The acceptance procedure requires that requirements be subject to<br />
progressive acceptance throughout the phases of the project. This will raise<br />
confidence that the solution will meet the requirement, and provide results at the<br />
most appropriate time.<br />
Acceptance of complete capability goes beyond the Supplier’s remit, and certifies<br />
that the IPT has met its obligations under the CSA (Customer Supplier<br />
Agreement). The IPT does not have control over all elements of the capability<br />
(notably the human components) but has a responsibility to work with the PPO<br />
and Operational Command to ensure that the capability is provided. This is a<br />
less clear division of responsibility. The declaration of an In-Service Date (ISD) is<br />
the final and most important integration between the equipment and the human<br />
component and evidence for this stage of acceptance is critical. It must verify<br />
that the capability specified in the URD has been met, and that the IPT’s<br />
obligation is discharged.<br />
Acceptance ‘Stage’<br />
1. User and System<br />
Requirement<br />
2. Design<br />
Certification<br />
Description<br />
Acceptance occurs when end users and stakeholders<br />
endorse these requirements and the acceptance<br />
criteria.<br />
Agreed by the IPT Leader.<br />
3. Initial Acceptance This takes place where Service use is required before<br />
System Acceptance is achievable.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-25 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Acceptance ‘Stage’<br />
4. System<br />
Acceptance<br />
Description<br />
System Acceptance assesses whether the system<br />
acquired by the IPT satisfies the SRD as assessed by<br />
the DEC.<br />
5. In-Service Date In-Service Date is declared when the military capability<br />
provided by the system is assessed as available for<br />
operational use. In-Service Date acceptance requires<br />
that there is a usable quantity of the system integrated<br />
with all essential supporting elements declared by the<br />
DEC. The Acquisition Handbook does not define a<br />
formal ‘acceptance’ process, but just the ‘declaration of<br />
In Service Date (ISD)’.<br />
Table 3-4: Acceptance Stages in the Procurement Process<br />
3.3.2 <strong>HFI</strong> Activities in Acceptance<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) testing includes formal acceptance activities, but<br />
also includes all forms of <strong>HFI</strong> assessment conducted against requirements at all<br />
phases of procurement. Three factors necessitate that HF characteristics are<br />
included as part of the acceptance testing process in procurement:<br />
• The integration of the user with the equipment or platform is a major<br />
influence in the achievement of required levels of performance.<br />
• Pressures to reduce the whole-life costs of manpower needed to effectively<br />
operate complex systems, both through optimisation of manpower and the<br />
reduction of training costs.<br />
• The requirement to prove that the health and safety risks of the system are<br />
As Low As Is Reasonably Practicable (ALARP).<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> input is required at an early stage. In many projects, <strong>HFI</strong> input to the ITEAP<br />
is necessary to detail the types of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> analysis, trials, testing and<br />
acceptance criteria required ensuring that the user requirements are met. In<br />
addition, <strong>HFI</strong> input to Stage 1 of the Acceptance process (above) is enabled via<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> mechanisms such as <strong>HFI</strong> Working Groups, HF analyses and initial user<br />
testing with mock-ups and early prototypes. <strong>HFI</strong> input to user trials to support<br />
System Acceptance is usually required.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Assessments are evaluations of the design, or components thereof. <strong>HFI</strong><br />
assessments are conducted throughout each procurement phase to generate<br />
and assess <strong>HFI</strong> criteria for an acceptable design. <strong>HFI</strong> requirements as defined in<br />
the URD and SRD are therefore subject to assessments throughout the<br />
procurement process and lead up to final acceptance procedures during the<br />
Trials and Acceptance stage. <strong>HFI</strong> Assessments may be used both to support the<br />
design process and evaluate one or more design alternatives.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Acceptance tests are generally defined as contributing directly to the<br />
completion of the Acceptance Questionnaire used to ensure that the customer<br />
requirement can be satisfied.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-26 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
Formal acceptance generally takes place during the Trials and Acceptance stage<br />
although some aspects may occur at earlier stages of procurement. This is<br />
particularly important for General Arrangement and layout aspects within the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical Areas. <strong>HFI</strong> activities should include progressive, continuing, audit<br />
leading towards final acceptance.<br />
3.3.3 Monitoring <strong>HFI</strong> Assessment & Acceptance Performance<br />
3.3.3.1 <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for ensuring that the HF characteristics of systems<br />
meet the requirements stated in the URD and SRD. In addition, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus<br />
monitors and evaluates the implementation of the <strong>HFI</strong> assessment and<br />
acceptance test programme. The <strong>HFI</strong> assessments will form part of the <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P). The HF characteristics of the system must be<br />
such that operational capability, supportability and safety objectives can be met.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> assessment and acceptance test programme is designed to ensure this<br />
is in fact achieved.<br />
The following are general responsibilities of the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus in managing the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Acceptance Process, see Table 3-5. For <strong>HFI</strong> Focus responsibilities in<br />
determining the adequacy and outputs of acceptance testing itself, see Table 3-6.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus Actions<br />
Ensure the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Acceptance Strategy is issued and agreed at the<br />
start of Demonstration phase.<br />
Ensure availability of adequate evidence to cover all <strong>HFI</strong> requirements.<br />
Work with acceptance authorities to clarify the scope of evidence required (test<br />
plans, test schedules, validation criteria).<br />
Work with developers to ensure <strong>HFI</strong> related test results are valid for<br />
acceptance.<br />
Work with trials authorities and the user community to ensure that context of<br />
use is adequately reflected in trials, generating evidence for acceptance.<br />
Work with developers to gain approval of aspects that can be ‘frozen’ once<br />
they have been proven to meet <strong>HFI</strong> requirements.<br />
Help resolve acceptance problems.<br />
Identify any trial or test constraints that could undermine the validity of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
results.<br />
Seek acceptable alternative means of assessing the adequacy of the solutions.<br />
Identify early any risk of failing to meet <strong>HFI</strong> requirements in the URD and SRD.<br />
Ensure that the issues are addressed and resolved by appropriate parties.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-27 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Provide access to suitable representative users to support HF acceptance.<br />
Prepare to declare ISD.<br />
Work with the providers of all components of the capability (equipment,<br />
personnel, training and operational procedures).<br />
Outputs<br />
The key output of (equipment) acceptance is the confirmation that the<br />
equipment supplied has the attributes specified in the SRD. This should<br />
enable it to integrate fully and safely with the human component.<br />
The key output of capability acceptance (needed to declare ISD) is evidence<br />
that all parts of the capability, human as well as equipment, do indeed work<br />
effectively together.<br />
Checklist<br />
Are all involved parties (acceptance authorities, Suppliers, customer 2, and<br />
other stakeholders) ‘signed up’ to the <strong>HFI</strong> acceptance strategy<br />
Will planned activities (Supplier, MoD and other stakeholders) generate<br />
evidence to cover all <strong>HFI</strong> requirements in the SRD (for equipment acceptance)<br />
and in the URD (for declaration of ISD)<br />
Tips<br />
Taking an active interest in the <strong>HFI</strong> acceptance process will help to gain<br />
commitment of other parties to make it work.<br />
Building early confidence of all parties in the <strong>HFI</strong> acceptance strategy, and the<br />
evaluation and testing that underlies it, will greatly simplify the process of final<br />
acceptance.<br />
Distinguish between the Supplier’s absolute obligations to meet the<br />
requirements of the SRD and his (shared) responsibility to help resolve any<br />
shortcomings to satisfy the overall requirements of the URD. This will help<br />
ensure that conflicts regarding responsibilities do not arise and that shared<br />
responsibilities are identified early.<br />
Table 3-5: <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities – Acceptance Process<br />
3.3.3.2 Monitoring Acceptance Testing<br />
The following questions must be asked for each <strong>HFI</strong> requirement:<br />
• What assessment and acceptance tests are planned<br />
• When will the assessment and acceptance tests be performed<br />
• What form will the assessment and acceptance tests take<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-28 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
• What resources will be required to perform assessment and acceptance<br />
tests<br />
• What impact will the results have on the system design or development<br />
• What information will the results provide about overall system operational<br />
capability, supportability or safety<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 describes <strong>HFI</strong> activities to assess systems in each of the <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical Areas (<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chap 4 through Chap 17).<br />
During and following assessment and acceptance testing, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus should<br />
perform the following, see Table 3-6.<br />
Assess HF aspects of evolving design.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focus Actions<br />
Review prototypes, demonstrators, and partial items of equipment.<br />
Involve users in identifying human related issues and risks.<br />
Ensure evaluation will read across to intended operational equipment.<br />
Assess HF aspects of emergent equipment.<br />
Seek opportunities to gain extra value from equipment trials, by inclusion of<br />
explicit assessment or evaluation of human related aspects.<br />
Ensure Suppliers are clear where evidence adequate for acceptance has been<br />
or has not been demonstrated.<br />
Ensure that any deficiencies revealed by HF evaluation are tackled.<br />
Assess HF aspects of equipment in service.<br />
Undertake post-introduction <strong>HFI</strong> audit.<br />
Put in place feedback mechanisms.<br />
Conduct usage review when considering major upgrade.<br />
Outputs<br />
Early warning of any failure to meet <strong>HFI</strong> requirements in SRD or URD.<br />
Objective information to guide any necessary design interventions.<br />
Evidence to support <strong>HFI</strong> acceptance.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-29 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Checklist<br />
Are early <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations planned to assess all currently identified human<br />
related risks<br />
Are the <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations producing useful, valid results<br />
Are all parties conducting the <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations in an open and constructive<br />
way<br />
Is maximum value being extracted from <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations, and are results being<br />
fed back to drive design of the equipment, training, operational procedures,<br />
support systems, etc<br />
Are the <strong>HFI</strong> evaluations being co-ordinated with other development and<br />
experimental work in a way that minimises overall cost and time to the project<br />
Tips<br />
Early evaluation should focus on finding out information and building<br />
confidence.<br />
Informal or semi formal evaluations that can be done cheaply, quickly and early<br />
are often much more effective than formal evaluation that requires more time<br />
and resources. A suitable, early evaluation will often uncover the great<br />
majority of human issues.<br />
Formal evaluation is usually necessary to gather evidence suitable for<br />
acceptance or design sign off.<br />
Operability tests must involve representative users. It is critical to allow<br />
adequate allowance for familiarisation and training on the new equipment<br />
before any data are gathered.<br />
Does any of the evidence generated have questionable validity<br />
Does any of the evidence that has been generated fail to support acceptance<br />
If so, are there plans to resolve the problems Any shortcomings identified in<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> acceptance will be easier to resolve if the evidence is clear, unbiased and<br />
well presented.<br />
Table 3-6: <strong>HFI</strong> Focus Responsibilities – Monitoring Acceptance<br />
3.3.4 Design of Assessment and Acceptance Testing<br />
Detailed specifications for the <strong>HFI</strong> tests to be performed are developed by the<br />
Supplier(s) and managed as part of the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P).<br />
HF Specialists should be involved in the design and evaluation of such<br />
assessments from the earliest stages of system development.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-30 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
The selection of <strong>HFI</strong> assessment and acceptance tests is driven by three needs:<br />
• To refine requirements for the system and to define performance criteria<br />
that are feasible.<br />
• To select between different design options.<br />
• To prove that a design solution meets its performance criteria.<br />
A test specification will typically include the following information:<br />
• Aim.<br />
• Design.<br />
• Conditions.<br />
• Measures.<br />
• Equipment and Resources.<br />
• User Representatives.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Criteria.<br />
• Timescale and Dependencies.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> assessment and acceptance tests must address the following questions<br />
about the platform or equipment:<br />
• Evidence that <strong>HFI</strong> policy and standards for design have been properly<br />
applied.<br />
• Evidence of traceability of system design from the requirements<br />
• Qualitative – evidence that the HF characteristics are fit for purpose or<br />
health and safety risks are as low as is reasonably practicable. An<br />
example of this would be subjective feedback from users and maintainers.<br />
• Quantitative – measurable evidence that the HF characteristics meet<br />
criterion levels as described in <strong>HFI</strong> standards. For example, that the<br />
dimensions of equipment, levels of environmental factors such as noise<br />
and specified performance levels of workload with given manning levels<br />
are achieved.<br />
3.3.4.1 Use of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) Characteristics and Criteria<br />
HF characteristics and criteria represent the human aspects of platform or<br />
equipment requirements, design options and the selected solution. The<br />
Technical Chapters in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 describe the HF characteristics and criteria<br />
relevant to different aspects of Sea Systems.<br />
It is not necessary to test all <strong>HFI</strong> aspects of the requirements or the design at<br />
each phase of procurement. Selection of HF characteristics to test and the type<br />
of test should be based on the relative importance of the related <strong>HFI</strong> issue for the<br />
success of the system, implications for whole-life costs, and the level of <strong>HFI</strong> risk.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-31 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
3.3.4.2 Types of <strong>HFI</strong> Assessment and Acceptance Tests<br />
Where <strong>HFI</strong> requirements are expressed in terms of conventionally testable<br />
equipment attributes (size, weight, brightness, etc.) based on well-proven<br />
standards or the result of prior trials, then their acceptance is no different from<br />
that of any other equipment attribute. Other <strong>HFI</strong> requirements (for operability,<br />
maintainability, trainability and supportability) cannot be expressed and tested in<br />
this simple way, but require direct evidence about how the equipment and users<br />
interact with each other. These requirements must be tested using people as<br />
‘test instruments’. Doing this reliably needs special procedures and techniques.<br />
In rough terms, the tests are outlined below in order of increasing cost. It is<br />
therefore good practice to ensure that those items that can be simply tested are<br />
appropriately specified to permit this. The available trials budget and time should<br />
not be used up performing operability trials to check well-proven details.<br />
Operability trials and task walk-throughs should be used for areas of uncertain<br />
task interaction, task complexity and overall integrated task performance. They<br />
should also be used to test issues such as performance degradation over<br />
extended periods and skill retention during periods of non-use, as appropriate.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> assessments used to evaluate specific HF characteristics in each <strong>HFI</strong><br />
Technical Area are outlined in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1.<br />
A range of <strong>HFI</strong> test types is available for use in evaluation. These test types are<br />
classified into the following broad categories:<br />
• Analytical Tests using informal or structured representation and analysis<br />
methods.<br />
• Modelling Tests using formal representation, numerical methods or<br />
synthetic representations.<br />
• Prototyping Tests using representative personnel with simulated equipment<br />
performing simulated tasks.<br />
• Equipment Tests using representative personnel with real equipment<br />
performing required tasks under simulated conditions.<br />
• Field Tests using operational personnel with real equipment performing<br />
real tasks under operational conditions.<br />
• Analytical Tests<br />
Analytical tests can be used at any phase of procurement. Analytical tests are<br />
most useful during the early stages of procurement when there is a lack of<br />
quantitative data. They are of particular use in identifying inconsistencies in<br />
requirements. Analytical tests also include the use of checklists, for example<br />
based on standards, and in this respect they are very cost effective. Examples of<br />
analytical tests include operability, habitability and health and safety checklists.<br />
• Modelling Tests<br />
Modelling tests are of most use during the earlier stages of procurement when<br />
they can be used to generate predictions in order to assess design options.<br />
Modelling includes mathematical models of behaviour, numerical estimation of<br />
manpower numbers required, and cost-effectiveness calculations for system<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-32 Issue 4
Chapter 3 – Managing the <strong>HFI</strong> process<br />
options. Simulation-based design is another form of this type of test and has<br />
been used successfully to test new designs where they were impossible or<br />
prohibitively expensive to prototype. For example, in sea systems, it may be<br />
difficult to simulate sea-going operational conditions without the use of computer<br />
aids (models exist for evaluating the effects of high angles of heel or trim,<br />
significant motion, reduced visibility and high temperature on the human).<br />
Simulation-based design also permits testing much faster and earlier in the<br />
procurement process.<br />
However, these tests must be treated cautiously, and their limitations recognised.<br />
Modelling of human behaviour is perhaps most problematic. Simulations of<br />
human behaviour in complex systems are notoriously difficult to construct and<br />
are rarely validated. Modelling is useful in providing information about the range<br />
of factors that can affect behaviour. This is particularly true of multi-crew, multiequipment<br />
behaviour in complex scenarios. For example, timeline analysis (with<br />
a relatively simple task model) is useful in showing relative amounts of time<br />
available to conduct activities, access requirements for displays, effect of<br />
different user role allocations etc. Modelling can be employed to focus later<br />
design activities by identifying possible critical activities or situations, and by<br />
providing requirements and performance criteria for platform and equipment<br />
design.<br />
• Prototyping Tests<br />
Prototypes may be constructed from the earliest stage of procurement onwards<br />
but are most useful in assessing design options during the Demonstration phase.<br />
Prototype tests involve the trial of systems or system components using<br />
simulations of equipment and/or compartments. Simulations may vary in fidelity<br />
from paper-and-pencil representations to fully functioning parts of the equipment.<br />
Tests using prototypes may vary from informal assessment to empirical<br />
measurement of human performance. Prototypes are most useful as they lie at<br />
an intermediate stage between analytic test types or modelling and later<br />
equipment and field trials. For example, user problems predicted from an earlier<br />
task synthesis can be tested with different prototype equipment design<br />
alternatives to determine whether predicted problems actually occur and, if so,<br />
what can be done about them. Prototype testing may itself lead to further<br />
predictions about human and system performance when the equipment is<br />
integrated. Prototype tests may therefore provide new estimates of performance<br />
criteria.<br />
• Equipment Tests<br />
Equipment tests can only start from the Manufacture phase onwards unless<br />
significant Commercial-off-the-Shelf (COTS) components are available.<br />
Equipment tests are generally conducted for Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT)<br />
purposes. Equipment tests are oriented towards assessments of achievement of<br />
performance criteria developed over the procurement. Compliance with<br />
functional and non-functional requirements is also assessed. A mixture of<br />
empirical measurement and subjective assessment using structured scales is<br />
recommended.<br />
• Field Tests<br />
Field tests are defined as requiring the integration of the equipment into its<br />
operational context and its use by the actual population of users. Field tests can<br />
be applied during the Manufacture and In-service (post-design support) phases<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-33 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
and may be conducted in on-shore facilities or at sea. Field tests typically<br />
incorporate several test subjects at once and may require more use of subjective<br />
assessment where specialised performance recording is unavailable or<br />
impractical. Field tests address the ultimate performance criteria, as well as<br />
functional and non-functional compliance, when personnel, equipment, and<br />
environment are combined.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 3-34 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 CH 3_17.doc
CHAPTER 4 – THE HUMAN FACTORS INTEGRATION PLAN (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
CONTENTS<br />
4.1 The Purpose of the <strong>HFI</strong>P .............................................................................................4-3<br />
4.2 The Structure of the <strong>HFI</strong>P...................................................................................4-3<br />
4.3 Multiple <strong>HFI</strong>Ps ....................................................................................................4-4<br />
4.4 Evolution of the <strong>HFI</strong>P in Procurement ................................................................4-4<br />
4.5 Content of the <strong>HFI</strong>P ............................................................................................4-5<br />
4.5.1 HF Issues..............................................................................................4-5<br />
4.5.2 HF Risks ...............................................................................................4-6<br />
4.5.3 HF Constraints......................................................................................4-6<br />
4.5.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Activities to Address HF Issues and Risks.....................................4-6<br />
4.5.5 Allocation of <strong>HFI</strong> Activities ....................................................................4-7<br />
4.5.6 Dependencies affecting <strong>HFI</strong> Activities ..................................................4-7<br />
4.5.7 <strong>Integration</strong> of HF Data with CALS.........................................................4-7<br />
4.5.8 <strong>Integration</strong> of <strong>HFI</strong>P into TLMP ..............................................................4-8<br />
4.5.9 User Participation..................................................................................4-8<br />
4.5.10 <strong>HFI</strong> Deliverables ...................................................................................4-9<br />
4.5.11 Using <strong>HFI</strong> in Trade-Offs........................................................................4-9<br />
4.5.12 Monitoring and Controlling <strong>HFI</strong> Activities ..............................................4-9<br />
4.5.13 <strong>HFI</strong>P Contents List................................................................................4-9<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-2 Issue 4
Chapter 4 – The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
4.1 The Purpose of the <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
A <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) is required from the outset of a project,<br />
updated at each procurement phase. The purposes of the plan are:<br />
• Review <strong>HFI</strong> issues and risks (raised by Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis<br />
(EHFA), see Chapter 3).<br />
• Agree <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) priorities for the current phase.<br />
• Establish long-term <strong>HFI</strong> strategy (through assessment, demonstration,<br />
manufacture, in-service and disposal).<br />
• Co-ordinate with other specialist plans, and identify dependencies between<br />
organisations, and requirements for co-ordination (see Chapter 3).<br />
• Determine key milestones and time-scales (tied to the project plan).<br />
• Write <strong>HFI</strong>P for next phase.<br />
• Define complementary roles for MoD, its agents and Suppliers.<br />
• Specify how progress will be monitored and controlled.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P is part of the overall Through-Life <strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP) specifying<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> activities, outputs and stakeholders. Associated with the <strong>HFI</strong>P is the <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L), discussed in Chapter 3, which maintains a record<br />
of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data and decisions and which tracks progress on the<br />
activities associated with issues and risks identified in the HF Issues Register.<br />
4.2 The Structure of the <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
The plan should contain the following items:<br />
• HF issues and risks to be addressed in the project.<br />
• HF constraints.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> activities (inc. studies, actions and mitigation strategy) to address each<br />
issue or risk.<br />
• Allocation of actions in <strong>HFI</strong>P to MoD or Industry.<br />
• Dependencies between organisations and project activities, including<br />
Safety, ILS etc., in conduct of <strong>HFI</strong> activities. For information on<br />
co-ordination between relevant stakeholders and the <strong>HFI</strong> mechanisms by<br />
which this is achieved, see Chapter 2 and 3.<br />
• Strategy for integrating <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data collection with<br />
Continuous Acquisition and Life-Cycle Support (CALS).<br />
• Key milestones and timescales in accord with the Through-Life<br />
<strong>Management</strong> Plan (TLMP).<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
• Extent of need for end user participation.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> deliverables.<br />
• Method for including <strong>HFI</strong> in system level trade-offs.<br />
• Methods for monitoring and controlling progress against the plan.<br />
4.3 Multiple <strong>HFI</strong>Ps<br />
In a project of significant size or complexity, and in cases where a number of<br />
system and equipment providers are involved, there may be a need to have a<br />
number of <strong>HFI</strong>Ps, each dedicated to a particular area of the Works or contract<br />
area. In such cases, there will be a need to produce an overarching <strong>HFI</strong>P to act<br />
as a 'plan of plans'. The overarching <strong>HFI</strong>P should provide links to the subordinate<br />
<strong>HFI</strong>Ps and should document all cascaded technical and management<br />
responsibility definitions. In particular, responsibilities for ownership of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
issues should be made explicit, at an appropriate level of detail and resolution.<br />
4.4 Evolution of the <strong>HFI</strong>P in Procurement<br />
The production of the <strong>HFI</strong>P and the collection of data occur in each procurement<br />
phase of a project. Thus an <strong>HFI</strong>P is generated for the Concept, Assessment,<br />
Demonstration, Manufacture and In-Service phases, see Figure 4-1.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Plan <strong>HFI</strong> Plan <strong>HFI</strong> Plan <strong>HFI</strong> Plan <strong>HFI</strong> Plan<br />
Concept Assessment Demonstration Manufacture In-Service Disposal<br />
URD<br />
SRD<br />
Figure 4-1: <strong>HFI</strong>P Iterations<br />
At any stage the IPT Leader/<strong>HFI</strong> Focus may decide to include a skeleton <strong>HFI</strong>P in<br />
the ITT. This may be generated within the MoD or be developed by the Supplier<br />
at a previous procurement phase. Each potential Supplier is required to produce<br />
an outline <strong>HFI</strong>P as part of the tender response. The IPT’s skeleton <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
therefore serves as guidance to the Supplier / Prime Contracting Organisation<br />
(PCO) regarding the <strong>HFI</strong> approach, issues and activities that must be addressed.<br />
The Supplier’s or PCO’s outline <strong>HFI</strong>P must adequately reflect the IPT’s <strong>HFI</strong>P,<br />
ensuring that the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) requirements are addressed in the most<br />
suitable manner.<br />
At a minimum (for comparison, see Section 4.2), the outline <strong>HFI</strong>P in the tender<br />
response should address the Supplier’s approach to the following:<br />
• HF issues and risks to be addressed in the project.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-4 Issue 4
Chapter 4 – The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> activities (inc. studies, actions and mitigation strategy) to address each<br />
issue or risk.<br />
• Allocation of actions in <strong>HFI</strong>P to MoD or Industry.<br />
• Key milestones and timescales in accord with the TLMP.<br />
• Extent of need for end user participation.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> deliverables.<br />
• Method for including <strong>HFI</strong> in system level trade-offs.<br />
On selection of the Supplier(s) for a particular procurement phase the Supplier’s<br />
outline <strong>HFI</strong>P(s) is detailed and implemented. As part of the project deliverables a<br />
skeleton <strong>HFI</strong>P may be required from the Supplier for use in subsequent phases<br />
of procurement.<br />
The activities and outputs controlled by the <strong>HFI</strong>P contribute information or data<br />
for use in the project. It is vital that HF Data is maintained for use across the<br />
whole procurement life cycle. The Supplier is responsible for the collation and<br />
delivery of the data produced during a project. The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for<br />
monitoring the content and format of the data to ensure that it contributes to<br />
specific project requirements and overall programme objectives, particularly with<br />
respect to the requirements of the SRD. An index to the HF Data and a record of<br />
decisions is maintained, usually by the Supplier, in the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L), see Chapter 3.<br />
At each phase in the procurement process the ITT requires that an outline <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
be developed by industry for assessment by MoD. At each phase of<br />
procurement, data is developed as a result of the activities required by the <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
for that phase and recorded in the <strong>HFI</strong>L.<br />
4.5 Content of the <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Focus is responsible for ensuring that the <strong>HFI</strong>P is developed,<br />
maintained and followed by the Supplier. The following sections provide<br />
guidance for the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus about the content of the <strong>HFI</strong>P.<br />
4.5.1 HF Issues<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P must clearly describe each of the issues that are to be addressed.<br />
Chapter 1 provides an overview of issues related to Manpower, Personnel,<br />
Training, <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Engineering, System Safety, Health Hazard<br />
Assessment, etc for platforms and equipment. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 describes the types<br />
of technical issues that typically arise in each <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Area.<br />
The results of the Early <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Analysis (EHFA) will indicate the initial<br />
issues and risks that need to be addressed in the <strong>HFI</strong> Programme. These issues<br />
and risks should have been captured in the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log<br />
(<strong>HFI</strong>L), see Chapter 3. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 is used to help the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus to understand<br />
the implications of these for the procurement strategy. <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 is also used<br />
to ensure that all technical issues are covered for the platform and equipment.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
4.5.2 HF Risks<br />
Current HF issues (as in the <strong>HFI</strong>L) for which risk management activities are<br />
required are described in the <strong>HFI</strong>P. For more information on HF issues and risks,<br />
see Chapter 3.<br />
The EHFA and subsequent activities will indicate risks that should be entered into<br />
the HF Issues Register (and also fed into the Project Risk and Issues Register).<br />
HF risks should be expressed in the same way as other types of risk. Probability<br />
and impact (on the operational capability, supportability, health and safety, and<br />
the project itself) should be expressed for each risk.<br />
As stated in Chapter 3, the HF risks to be addressed in a project fall into four<br />
broad categories:<br />
1. Failure to meet the full operational requirement, e.g. operator workload in<br />
projected scenarios limits overall response times to threats.<br />
2. Failure to produce a supportable system within the costs and resources<br />
available, e.g. skill and knowledge required to operate new equipment<br />
exceeds that planned in current manpower and training policy.<br />
3. Failure to meet health and safety requirements, e.g. excessive heat in<br />
operational compartments in particular climates.<br />
4. Failure to complete the project within cost and time, e.g. equipment user<br />
interface design is found to be unusable during Trials and Acceptance and<br />
requires significant redesign.<br />
4.5.3 HF Constraints<br />
HF constraints act to limit the degrees of freedom of the design and may require<br />
study during the project. Such constraints may be indicated in the EHFA, appear<br />
as requirements or become apparent during the course of the project. Examples<br />
of HF constraints include the following:<br />
• Manning levels are capped.<br />
• Skill and knowledge requirements are not to exceed those currently<br />
available.<br />
• Training capacity is fixed.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P lists all constraints and indicates how they will be dealt with during the<br />
project.<br />
4.5.4 <strong>HFI</strong> Activities to Address HF Issues and Risks<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P addresses each issue and risk, taking account of the constraints that<br />
have been identified.<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas described in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 provide detailed guidance<br />
about how issues can be addressed for a platform or equipment. The technical<br />
issues that typically need to be considered in each procurement phase are<br />
described for each <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Area.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-6 Issue 4
Chapter 4 – The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
For example, ‘Manpower, Complementing and Accommodation’ forms one of the<br />
Platform <strong>HFI</strong> Technical Areas (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chap 4). This <strong>HFI</strong> Technical<br />
Area covers HF issues concerned with estimating complement size and<br />
accommodation capacity. A process for addressing complement size and<br />
accommodation needs is provided for use during the Concept, Assessment,<br />
Demonstration and Manufacture and In-Service phases of procurement.<br />
The checklists in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chap 2 summarise the <strong>HFI</strong> activities and outputs<br />
that are required at each phase of procurement.<br />
4.5.5 Allocation of <strong>HFI</strong> Activities<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P indicates to whom <strong>HFI</strong> activities and responsibilities are allocated. The<br />
plan must make clear how the involvement of participants will be managed. This<br />
aspect of the <strong>HFI</strong>P may need to be split between Defence Procurement Agency<br />
(DPA) / Defence Logistics Organisation (DLO) and the Supplier depending on the<br />
responsibility of each. For example, the <strong>HFI</strong> Focus may require the involvement<br />
of HF Specialists from outside the Supplier’s team to conduct <strong>HFI</strong> quality<br />
assurance. Liaison with other MoD Authorities will be required. The Supplier is<br />
expected to detail the allocation of <strong>HFI</strong> activities within its internal project team<br />
organisation and list any dependencies on external organisations.<br />
Chapter 3 provides guidance about project organisation and <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 details<br />
the likely involvement of stakeholders during the conduct of an <strong>HFI</strong> Programme.<br />
4.5.6 Dependencies affecting <strong>HFI</strong> Activities<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P indicates all dependencies affecting the conduct of activities.<br />
Chapter 1 describes dependencies between <strong>HFI</strong> Programmes for Whole Ship coordination.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 provides more detail with regard to the specific<br />
dependencies associated with <strong>HFI</strong> activities. The following general types of<br />
dependency should be included in the <strong>HFI</strong>P:<br />
• Input from MoD specialist authorities.<br />
• Input from other procurement projects.<br />
• Access to user representatives.<br />
• Access to vessels or other units to collect field data.<br />
• Dependencies within the TLMP between the <strong>HFI</strong>P and other plans, e.g. the<br />
Integrated Logistics Support Plan (ILSP), the Project Safety <strong>Management</strong><br />
Plan (PSMP).<br />
4.5.7 <strong>Integration</strong> of HF Data with CALS<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P must provide proposals for the integration of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data<br />
and products with the MoD Continuous Acquisition and Life-cycle Support<br />
(CALS) policy for the platform or equipment.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-7 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
4.5.8 <strong>Integration</strong> of <strong>HFI</strong>P into TLMP<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P must be fully integrated into the TLMP in the following respects:<br />
• The work breakdown structure (WBS) of the <strong>HFI</strong>P will be detailed in<br />
relation to the WBS for the complete TLMP.<br />
• The <strong>HFI</strong>P will indicate the <strong>HFI</strong> team organisation and its place in the<br />
project management organisation.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> activities and milestones will appear in the TLMP in the form of the<br />
Gantt chart, PERT chart etc. used for the project.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> resources will form part of the overall project resource plan.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> progress reviews will be incorporated into the overall project review<br />
plan.<br />
• Configuration control over documentation and <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data<br />
will form part of overall project Configuration Control standards.<br />
• Quality assurance of <strong>HFI</strong> management, activities and deliverables will form<br />
part of the overall project Quality Assurance Plan.<br />
4.5.9 User Participation<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P details how, when and how many user representatives are involved in<br />
the project.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 details the <strong>HFI</strong> activities for which user involvement is required at<br />
different phases of the procurement. The level of user involvement depends on<br />
the information needed to perform <strong>HFI</strong> activities. Some general examples are<br />
provided below:<br />
• Surveys can provide information about users and other characteristics for<br />
the Project Specific Target Audience Description (PSTAD), e.g. level of<br />
skill and knowledge in the use of computers.<br />
• Current task, job and organisational descriptions can be obtained by<br />
interview of subject matter experts.<br />
• Future task, job and organisational design can be assessed by structured<br />
walk-throughs with subject matter experts.<br />
• Users and maintainers can assess platform compartment and other<br />
layouts, represented in plans, computer-generated designs and full-scale<br />
mock-ups.<br />
• Instructors can contribute to Training Needs Analysis (TNA) and the<br />
evaluation of training options and equipment.<br />
• <strong>Human</strong>-equipment interface design can be assessed using user opinion of<br />
mock-ups or user interaction with prototypes.<br />
• Trials in which users operate under limited scenarios can provide estimates<br />
of human performance.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-8 Issue 4
Chapter 4 – The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> assessment and acceptance tests require the involvement of<br />
representative users.<br />
Service Level Agreements may be required in order to enable user participation.<br />
4.5.10 <strong>HFI</strong> Deliverables<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P provides details of all the <strong>HFI</strong> deliverables to be provided.<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 describes the outputs generated by <strong>HFI</strong> activities (a summary is<br />
provided in <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 Chap 2). The following general types of <strong>HFI</strong><br />
deliverables may be provided:<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> reports and documentation, e.g. description of future team<br />
organisation.<br />
• Stand-alone <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> (HF) data, e.g. task analysis database.<br />
• Integrated data, e.g. HF characteristics and criteria are consolidated into<br />
the project requirements.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> design products, e.g. compartment layouts, human-computer interface<br />
design.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> project guidelines, e.g. health and safety checklist, HF Style <strong>Guide</strong>,<br />
user documentation standard.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> deliverables must meet stated quality criteria for <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> products,<br />
provide outputs, which help to specify product design, and address practical<br />
questions about performance, supportability and acceptability.<br />
4.5.11 Using <strong>HFI</strong> in Trade-Offs<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P describes the use of <strong>HFI</strong> in performing system and design trade-offs.<br />
Chapter 1 of this guide describes <strong>HFI</strong> trade-offs at the total system level. <strong>MAP</strong>-<br />
<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 provides detailed guidance about the types of trade-offs conducted during<br />
the design process.<br />
4.5.12 Monitoring and Controlling <strong>HFI</strong> Activities<br />
The <strong>HFI</strong>P details how <strong>HFI</strong> activities are monitored and controlled. This includes<br />
proposed <strong>HFI</strong> project reviews, progress reports, design reviews and<br />
presentations, demonstrations, test and evaluation reports. For information on<br />
the management and control of requirements, issues, project management and<br />
project acceptance, see Chapter 3.<br />
4.5.13 <strong>HFI</strong>P Contents List<br />
Currently, there is no mandatory list of <strong>HFI</strong>P contents in any HF standard. Whilst<br />
this chapter gives guidance on the nature and extent of contents, the actual <strong>HFI</strong>P<br />
structure and content need to be agreed by the IPT and the Suppliers.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-9 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
The following is an indicative list of typical <strong>HFI</strong>P contents. This list is by no means<br />
definitive:<br />
• <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Organisation/Organisational Context<br />
• <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> team, management and interfaces.<br />
• Previous relevant experience.<br />
• Understanding of the Requirements<br />
• Background.<br />
• Key <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues.<br />
• <strong>HFI</strong> Design Process.<br />
• <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Activities<br />
• Systems Requirements Analysis.<br />
o Definition of Target Audience Description.<br />
o Definition and analysis of Operational Scenarios.<br />
o Concept of Operations and Interoperability considerations.<br />
o Systems requirements derivation and capture.<br />
o<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Function analysis.<br />
Allocation of functions.<br />
Task analysis.<br />
o <strong>Human</strong> performance analysis.<br />
o Information requirements analysis.<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Workload analysis.<br />
Workspace requirements analysis.<br />
o HCI/Controls requirements analysis.<br />
o Environmental and Safety analysis.<br />
o Maintenance requirements definition.<br />
o Others as relevant (see <strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1 for technical areas and <strong>HFI</strong><br />
activities).<br />
• System Design<br />
o<br />
o<br />
Design documents.<br />
Design rationale.<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-10 Issue 4
Chapter 4 – The <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P)<br />
o Prototyping and simulation.<br />
o<br />
Standards application.<br />
o HMI/HCI Design specifications.<br />
• Development of System Operating Procedures<br />
• Development of Operator Training<br />
• <strong>Human</strong> Engineering Test and Evaluation<br />
o Prototyping and simulation activities.<br />
o HF assessment techniques.<br />
o <strong>HFI</strong> contribution to ITEAP.<br />
• Technical <strong>Management</strong><br />
• Programme plan.<br />
• <strong>Integration</strong> with (non-HF) project activities/dependencies.<br />
• Working Groups.<br />
• Maintenance of the <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L).<br />
• Visits.<br />
• Deliverables.<br />
• Meetings and design reviews.<br />
• Risk management (HF Issues Register and integration with project Risk<br />
Register).<br />
• Quality Assurance.<br />
• Design approval.<br />
• Design traceability.<br />
• Acronyms and abbreviations<br />
• Glossary of terms<br />
• Applicable standards<br />
• References<br />
• Compliancy Table<br />
• Quality Plan<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-11 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page 4-12 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 CH 4_09.doc
ANNEX 1 – GLOSSARY<br />
CONTENTS<br />
A1 Glossary.................................................................................................................... A1-3<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-2 Issue 4
Annex 1 – Glossary<br />
A1<br />
Glossary<br />
Acceptance Test A working test of equipment/platform effectiveness,<br />
performance, reliability or other factors for the purpose of checking against<br />
contract requirements and/or suitability for Naval service.<br />
Accommodation Statement The number of bunks that are required on the<br />
platform for the crew and the margins.<br />
ADQUAL ‘Additional Qualification’ assigned to a billet in the Scheme of<br />
Complement.<br />
Anthropometrics The measurement of the physical characteristics of human<br />
beings. It includes static and functional (dynamic) measurements of dimensions<br />
and physical characteristics of the body as they occupy space, move and apply<br />
energy to physical objects.<br />
Aptitude A user's ability to undertake a specific task effectively.<br />
Basic Manning Requirement An initial estimate of the quantity of ranks/rates of<br />
manpower required to operate a system. This will be refined and developed<br />
through iterations of Draft Quarter Bills to derive a Scheme of Complement.<br />
Built-in Test Equipment Maintenance facilities to assist diagnosis of errors<br />
within a software-based equipment. Hence they are typically built in as part of the<br />
software design and implementation.<br />
Capability The fitness to perform some aspect of a naval operation.<br />
Cognition A general term covering all the various modes of thinking –<br />
perceiving, remembering, imagining, conceiving, judging and reasoning.<br />
Cognitive Tasks Tasks that impose their major workload on the user's<br />
cognition.<br />
Comfort Zone An environmentally defined zone that specifies comfort in terms<br />
of a range of physical and social habitability factors.<br />
Combined Operational Effectiveness and Investment Appraisal The use of<br />
operational analysis and through-life costing to determine the operational worth<br />
of a system and to identify the optimal technical option for subsequent<br />
procurement action.<br />
Command Structure The organisation of members of the Command team as<br />
required for each type of mission or state.<br />
Command Team Training Training to ensure that each individual knows his or<br />
her roles and duties within the Command team, so that the execution of tasks<br />
achieves effective mission accomplishment.<br />
Command (The) The top level of naval human control for any Sea System,<br />
which decides the course of action to be taken to achieve the mission.<br />
Complementing The objective process of determining that a task exists and<br />
allocating the least manpower at the lowest skill level to perform that task.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Computer-Based Learning Learning acquired from the use of computer-based<br />
training.<br />
Computer-Based Training A form of training implemented upon computerbased<br />
equipment where the training material is provided using a combination of<br />
software and hardware.<br />
Continuation Training On-board and Shore-based training used to reinforce<br />
and extend the user’s skills on a specific set of tasks.<br />
Embedded Training Training provided through the use of the operational<br />
equipment and allied hardware and software. This enables training to be brought<br />
to the user at the place of work.<br />
Environment The physical characteristics of a workspace, e.g. heat, light, noise.<br />
These may degrade task performance or be detrimental to health and safety if<br />
not maintained within acceptable limits.<br />
Equipment The Combat System and the marine engineering items that provide<br />
the functions required to move, fight and provide life-support on a platform and<br />
any related items, which may be located at shore-based units.<br />
Federated Training Training on a group of equipments, which serves to bring<br />
together a team or sub-team of users and their equipments into a common<br />
training process at their place of work.<br />
Function A goal-defined service or facility required of a system if it is to enable<br />
mission requirements to be achieved.<br />
Graphical User Interface A human-computer interface based on the use of<br />
windows, icons, pull-down menus and a pointing device.<br />
Gross Motor Tasks Tasks that place a high load on the musculoskeletal<br />
systems without requiring fine control.<br />
Habitability Suitability of an environment to be lived in. Accommodation is a<br />
subset of this parameter.<br />
<strong>Human</strong>-Computer Interaction The method of communication and sequence of<br />
activities that characterises how a user works with a computer-based system.<br />
<strong>Human</strong>-Computer Interface The displays and controls used to communicate<br />
with computer-based equipment.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) An approach to <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> that ensures:<br />
• The integration of people and technical systems.<br />
• The integration of different HF domains (Manpower, Training, etc) within one<br />
framework.<br />
• The integration of HF within the system acquisition process.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Log (<strong>HFI</strong>L) A record of the products of <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> work conducted under an <strong>HFI</strong> Plan including an audit trail of related<br />
decisions.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-4 Issue 4
Annex 1 – Glossary<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Plan (<strong>HFI</strong>P) Documentation providing a plan for<br />
future <strong>HFI</strong> activities. <strong>HFI</strong> Plans are produced by the DPA / SSA for in-house use<br />
and for contract placement, and by Suppliers when preparing tenders and<br />
performing work programmes.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> Requirements These state what the user requires the system<br />
to do (functional requirements), how well it must do it (performance requirements)<br />
and how the user interfaces with the equipment to carry out tasks effectively and<br />
efficiently (non-functional requirements).<br />
<strong>Human</strong> Performance Behaviours and actions performed by personnel in the<br />
course of completing a task.<br />
Interoperability The extent to which common operability characteristics are<br />
shared across equipments.<br />
Job A set of duties allotted to an individual, defined in terms of its constituent<br />
roles.<br />
Maintainer The role responsible for checking, diagnosing faults, servicing and<br />
fixing operating problems with equipment.<br />
Man-Machine Interface The medium through which the humans in a system<br />
communicate with the equipment.<br />
Manning The process of identifying tasks to operate equipment, and<br />
determining the number of users needed to meet the task requirements.<br />
Measures of Effectiveness (MOEs) Quantitative measures that give some<br />
insight into how effectively an entity is performing.<br />
Mission A high-level operational goal to be achieved by the system.<br />
Mission Critical A qualifier applied to a human task or machine function where<br />
sub-optimal or poor performance can result in mission failure.<br />
On-board Training Training that is conducted by the vessel’s complement whilst<br />
embarked to maintain an acceptable level of performance.<br />
On-the-job Training The training required at sea to raise the trainee from the<br />
training standard to the operational standard of performance.<br />
Operability The extent to which an equipment's MMI/HCI provides an effective<br />
means of communication between the equipment and its intended users in<br />
support of their tasks.<br />
Operational Performance Statement A statement in the form of operational<br />
duties and tasks providing the top-level summary of a job. Training categories<br />
are also shown to provide a prediction of required on-job training. The OPS is a<br />
fundamental part of the RN training system, it gives job focus to training<br />
designers and is used to present a summary of the job analysis to the customer<br />
for ratification.<br />
Operator A role responsible for operating the equipment. Dual roles may also<br />
exist where the operator role is combined in a job with the role of the maintainer.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Percentile A metric for denoting the proportion of the user population that<br />
shares a specified characteristic. In general, n percent of the population have a<br />
smaller characteristic than the nth percentile. Typically used for anthropometric<br />
data.<br />
Perceptual Tasks Tasks that impose their major workload on the human<br />
sensory system, e.g. vision, hearing.<br />
Platform The mechanical structure upon which all the equipments and users are<br />
located in order to carry out their operational mission.<br />
Pre-Joining Training Pre-Joining Training (PJT) provides training specific to a<br />
particular vessel prior to a user’s employment on that vessel. On completion of<br />
PJT a user is expected to be capable of carrying out duties safely and effectively.<br />
Procedural Tasks Tasks undertaken in predetermined or defined sequences.<br />
Psychomotor Tasks Tasks that impose their major workload on human motor<br />
or output systems, e.g. tracking, moving input devices.<br />
Quarter Bill The basic working document for the design of the Scheme of<br />
Complement for a new class of vessel.<br />
Repetitive Strain Injury (RSI) A symptom of the effect of small, repetitive<br />
movements, e.g. key presses on a keyboard, whereby the tendons and tendon<br />
sheaths become inflamed and painful. Particularly found in the fingers and<br />
hands. This is a particular type of upper limb disorder.<br />
Requirements Analysis The process of establishing comprehensive, coherent<br />
and logical statements of the functions required in a system to fulfil missions.<br />
Risk Analysis The quantification, in probabilistic terms, of the mission, technical<br />
and human risks associated with design options.<br />
Role A subset of a job defined by a range of tasks that can be allocated to an<br />
individual.<br />
Scheme of Complement The document which specifies the categories, roles<br />
and numbers of personnel required by rank/rate, Branch, PJT and ADQUAL.<br />
The sole authority for drafting and appointing of personnel to a unit. Produced by<br />
FLEET-NPS.<br />
Sea System The combination of platform and/or equipment and manpower to<br />
meet a maritime operational requirement.<br />
Shore-based Training Training that is conducted by naval personnel at a shorebased<br />
establishment.<br />
Simulation Based Design A design technique that utilises a simulation within<br />
which the designer has the illusion of being in a three-dimensional world. It is<br />
created by the use of a computer simulation and appropriate input and output<br />
devices. An extension of Virtual Reality to include accurate design data and<br />
analysis, and the ability to assess human interaction with a design.<br />
Skill The capability of the human to take in information (perception), process it<br />
(cognition) and take some resulting physical response (motor action) in an<br />
appropriate manner to achieve a goal.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-6 Issue 4
Annex 1 – Glossary<br />
Staff Requirement A detailed statement describing the function and<br />
performance in operational terms of a proposed new equipment and the<br />
environment in which it is to operate. The statement must differentiate between<br />
essential and desirable features. The required in-service date must also be<br />
stated. A Staff Requirement for Sea Systems (SR(S)) is the responsibility of DEC<br />
following endorsement by central committees. This information is still relevant for<br />
legacy projects, although the Staff Requirement and Staff Target have, as a<br />
result of Smart Acquisition, been replaced by the URD and the SRD.<br />
Staff Target A concise statement expressing in broad terms the functions and<br />
desired performance of a new weapon or equipment before the feasibility or<br />
method of meeting the requirement or other implications have been fully<br />
assessed. It should be confined to stating problems and objectives without<br />
stipulation of solutions. A Staff Target for Sea Systems (ST(S)) is developed by<br />
DEC to meet an operational need. This information is still relevant for legacy<br />
projects, although the Staff Requirement and Staff Target have, as a result of<br />
Smart Acquisition, been replaced by the URD and the SRD<br />
Subject Matter Expert A person with specialist, in-depth knowledge of the<br />
current system or the system being designed.<br />
Task A task is a collection of human activities expressed in the form of a<br />
process with a goal. Tasks may be combined to create roles.<br />
Team A group of roles undertaken by several personnel to achieve a common<br />
goal or set of goals.<br />
Training Needs Analysis Qualitative and quantitative techniques to identify the<br />
most important performance gaps which can be addressed via training.<br />
Importantly, this analysis can also show the gaps that should be addressed by<br />
interventions other than training (i.e., those which are not due to knowledge or<br />
skills deficiencies).<br />
Training Performance Statement A statement in the form of a list of Training<br />
Objectives which describe the end product of a training event.<br />
Training Requirements The training necessary to teach users the skills<br />
required to use a system.<br />
Usability A measure of the ease and comfort with which a system can be<br />
learned or used. This may include aspects of safety, effectiveness and efficiency<br />
and the attitude of users towards the equipment.<br />
User A user is anyone that comes into contact with the system, including<br />
operators, maintainers, and trainers throughout the system's life-cycle.<br />
User Population The population identified as being most representative of<br />
existing or future users.<br />
Vessel A warship or submarine comprising a platform and equipment.<br />
Whole Ship Approach See Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Co-ordination.<br />
Whole Ship <strong>HFI</strong> Co-ordination The harmonisation of <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> issues<br />
and risks when integrating equipment on to a platform. This may require sharing<br />
of <strong>HFI</strong> data across different procurement programmes and also includes<br />
consideration of the effects of adding new equipment to existing vessels.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-7 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Workload The mental and/or physical demands placed on a user by the task<br />
requirements, the workplace and environment (including the organisation).<br />
Workspace The location and layout of space and objects in a vessel within<br />
which a user performs tasks.<br />
Workstation A functionally related group of equipments in one location at which<br />
a user performs tasks making use of the MMI/HCI.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A1-8 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 Annex 1_07.doc
ANNEX 2 – CONTACT DETAILS<br />
CONTENTS<br />
A2 Contact Details.......................................................................................................... A2-3<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-2 Issue 4
Annex 2 – Contact Details<br />
A2<br />
Contact Details<br />
Name Contact Details Specialist Area<br />
TES-ASG – Air Systems<br />
Group<br />
Ash 3 # 3311<br />
MoD Abbey Wood<br />
Bristol<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
Tel:<br />
E-mail:<br />
British Psychological<br />
Society<br />
(for the BPS Register of<br />
Chartered Psychologists)<br />
The British Psychological Society<br />
St Andrews House<br />
48 Princess Road East<br />
Leicester<br />
LE1 7DR<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>16 254 9568<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>16 247 0787<br />
E-Mail: enquiry@bps.org.uk<br />
BSI – British Standards<br />
Institute<br />
389 Chiswick High Road<br />
London<br />
W4 4AL<br />
DCDS(Pers)-Strat-DD<br />
(VCDS; DCDS(Personnel))<br />
DEC – Directorate of<br />
Equipment Capability<br />
Tel: 020 8996 9000<br />
Fax: 020 8996 70<strong>01</strong><br />
E-mail: cservices@bsi-global.com<br />
7/N/14, MoD Main Building,<br />
Horse Guards Avenue,<br />
Whitehall, London<br />
SW1A 2HB<br />
Tel: 020 7218 6796<br />
Fax: 020 7218 2176<br />
E-mail:<br />
MoD Main Building,<br />
Whitehall,<br />
London<br />
SW1A 2HB<br />
Tel: 020 7218 6055<br />
Fax: 020 7218 7335<br />
E-mail:<br />
Service Personnel<br />
Policy, PCOC.<br />
Requirements (incl<br />
<strong>HFI</strong>) for RN platforms<br />
and equipment.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Name Contact Details Specialist Area<br />
FLEET-NPS (Naval<br />
Personnel Strategy)<br />
Fleet NLM (Naval Life<br />
<strong>Management</strong>)<br />
Fleet - NTE – Naval<br />
Training and Education<br />
Dstl – Defence Sciences<br />
and Technology Laboratory<br />
Dstl – CBS – Chemical<br />
Biological Sciences<br />
Mail Point 3.1<br />
Leach Building<br />
Whale Island<br />
PORTSMOUTH<br />
PO2 8BY<br />
Tel: 02392 625526<br />
E-mail:<br />
Mail Point 3.3<br />
Leach Building<br />
Whale Island<br />
PORTSMOUTH<br />
PO2 8BY<br />
Tel: 02392 722351<br />
E-mail:<br />
Mail Point 2.2<br />
Leach Building<br />
Whale Island<br />
PORTSMOUTH<br />
PO2 8BY<br />
Tel:<br />
E-mail<br />
<strong>Human</strong> Sciences Team<br />
Room G007<br />
Building A2<br />
DSTL<br />
Ively Road<br />
Farnborough<br />
Hampshire<br />
GU14 0LX<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>252 45 (extensions:<br />
5784; 5779; 5786; 5781)<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>252 455073<br />
E-mail:<br />
Porton Down<br />
Salisbury<br />
Wiltshire<br />
SP4 0JQ<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>980 61+extn<br />
E-mail:<br />
Sea Complementer:<br />
current and future<br />
Ships, Submarines, Air<br />
Squadrons.<br />
Production of<br />
Schemes of<br />
Complement and<br />
Quarter Bills.<br />
Conditions of Service.<br />
Policy on welfare and<br />
accommodation<br />
standards.<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> research and<br />
development in<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Engineering,<br />
personnel selection<br />
and training; <strong>HFI</strong><br />
project support.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-4 Issue 4
Annex 2 – Contact Details<br />
Name Contact Details Specialist Area<br />
EC AWE-FSC – EC Above<br />
Water Effect (VCDS;<br />
DCDS(Equipment<br />
Capability); EC Capability<br />
Manager Precision Attack)<br />
EC SEC-Dev(CaP Mgt)<br />
(VCDS; DCDS(Equipment<br />
Capability); EC<br />
DG(Equipment); EC<br />
Secretariat; Dev(CaP Mgt))<br />
EENA- Escape and<br />
Evacuation Naval Authority<br />
Ergonomics Society<br />
(for list of ES Registered<br />
Ergonomists and<br />
Consultancies)<br />
FOTR – Flag Officer<br />
Training & Recruitment<br />
2/M/13, MoD Main Building,<br />
Horse Guards Avenue,<br />
Whitehall, London<br />
SW1A 2HB<br />
Tel: 020 7218 2416<br />
Fax: 020 7218 7474<br />
E-mail:<br />
2/F/54, Main Building,<br />
Horse Guards Avenue,<br />
Whitehall, London, SW1A 2HB<br />
Tel: 020 780 70494<br />
Fax: 020 721 87858<br />
E-mail:<br />
ECSEC-DevCapMgt@a.dii.mod.uk<br />
Ash 3C, Mail Point 3311<br />
MoD Abbey Wood,<br />
BRISTOL<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5089<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5943<br />
E-mail:<br />
TES-SSG-<br />
ShipDesEE@dpa.mod.uk<br />
The Ergonomics Society<br />
Elms Court, Elms Grove<br />
Loughborough<br />
Leicestershire<br />
LE11 1RG<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>509 234904<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>509 235666<br />
E-Mail: ergsoc@ergonomics.org.uk<br />
Website [Ref 26]<br />
Assistant Director Naval Training<br />
<strong>Management</strong><br />
Victory Building<br />
HM Naval Base Portsmouth,<br />
Hampshire<br />
PO1 3LS<br />
Tel:<br />
E-mail:<br />
PCOC<br />
Issues ‘Certificate of<br />
Safety - Escape and<br />
Evacuation’.<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>)<br />
Experts<br />
Naval training policy<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Name Contact Details Specialist Area<br />
TES-HFG – <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
Group<br />
Ash 3, Mail Point 3312<br />
MoD Abbey Wood,<br />
BRISTOL<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 7553<br />
E-mail: tes-hfg-hd@dpa.mod.uk<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> advice, guidance<br />
and SRL and SSE<br />
assurance to IPTs in<br />
the Air and Land<br />
environments, see<br />
SSG for Maritime<br />
environments.<br />
IMO – International<br />
Maritime Organisation<br />
INM – Institute of Naval<br />
Medicine<br />
ISO – International<br />
Standards Organisation<br />
4 Albert Embankmant<br />
London<br />
SE1 7SR<br />
Tel: 020 7735 7611<br />
Fax: 020 7587 3210<br />
Website: www.imo.org<br />
Crescent Road<br />
Alverstoke<br />
Gosport<br />
Hampshire<br />
PO12 2DL<br />
Tel: 02392 768056<br />
E-mail:<br />
Via Website: www.iso.ch<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> research &<br />
development in<br />
environmental<br />
ergonomics, health<br />
and anthropometrics of<br />
RN personnel; <strong>HFI</strong><br />
project support;<br />
Psychological<br />
Technique Research.<br />
MLS IPT Mailpoint 4116<br />
MoD Abbey Wood<br />
Bristol<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
HF aspects of Marine<br />
Electrical Systems.<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 9235<br />
E-mail:<br />
MoD-Industry <strong>Human</strong><br />
<strong>Factors</strong> Working Group<br />
Contact:<br />
MDG(N) – Medical Director<br />
General (Naval)<br />
Victory Building,<br />
HM Naval Base Portsmouth,<br />
Hampshire<br />
PO1 3LS<br />
Tel: 02392 722351<br />
E-mail:<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-6 Issue 4
Annex 2 – Contact Details<br />
Name Contact Details Specialist Area<br />
NATO – North Atlantic<br />
Treaty Organisation<br />
NE<strong>HFI</strong>LG – Naval<br />
Equipment <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
<strong>Integration</strong> Liaison Group<br />
PDG/STS – Standards<br />
Programme <strong>Management</strong><br />
(DStan)<br />
PIC – <strong>HFI</strong> DTC Process<br />
Improvement Cell<br />
RAF – Royal Air Force<br />
Research Programme<br />
Leader - <strong>Human</strong> Sciences<br />
RT(RAO HS 1)<br />
Via Website: www.nato.int<br />
Via SSG<br />
Kentigern House,<br />
65 Brown Street,<br />
Glasgow,<br />
G2 8EX<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>41 224 2531<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>41 224 2503<br />
E-mail:<br />
Ash 3, O35, Mail Point 3312<br />
MoD Abbey Wood,<br />
BRISTOL<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 4211<br />
E-mail: tes-hf-dtc1@dpa.mod.uk<br />
HQ Personnel & Training<br />
Command<br />
Building 255<br />
RAF Innsworth<br />
Gloucester<br />
GL3 1EZ<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>452 712612<br />
E-mail:<br />
DG(R+T)<br />
Research Acquisition Organisation<br />
HF7/2 Hackett Building<br />
Defence Academy<br />
Shrivenham<br />
Swindon<br />
Wiltshire<br />
SN6 8JU<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>793 314<strong>01</strong>9(wk) or<br />
E-mail: rtraohs1@defence.mod.uk<br />
Group run by TES-<br />
SSG-ShipDes<br />
Defence Standards<br />
(DEF-STAN series)<br />
Knowledge transfer<br />
from <strong>HFI</strong> DTC to MOD<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-7 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
Name Contact Details Specialist Area<br />
RN ICG – RN Intelligent<br />
Customer Group<br />
(2SL/CNH; NRTA; Intelligent<br />
Customer Cell) formerly<br />
RNSETT<br />
Jervis Block South,<br />
HMS Nelson,<br />
Portsmouth,<br />
Hampshire<br />
PO1 3HH<br />
Tel: 02392 723843<br />
Fax: 02392 724251<br />
E-mail:<br />
Training needs<br />
analysis and training<br />
equipment design<br />
SSG – Sea Systems Group Ash 3C, Mail Point 3311<br />
MoD Abbey Wood,<br />
BRISTOL<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focal Point for<br />
provision of advice to<br />
all IPT projects.<br />
SSG-CSHF – Sea Systems<br />
Group, Combat Systems<br />
<strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong><br />
SSG-SSMO – Sea Systems<br />
Group, Ship Safety<br />
<strong>Management</strong> Office<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5761<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5943<br />
E-mail:<br />
tes-ssg-shipdes@dpa.mod.uk<br />
Ash 3C, Mail Point 3311<br />
MoD Abbey Wood,<br />
Bristol<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5066<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5943<br />
E-mail: tes-ssg-cshf@dpa.mod.uk<br />
Ash 3C, Mail Point 3311<br />
MoD Abbey Wood,<br />
Bristol<br />
BS34 8JH<br />
Tel: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5135<br />
Fax: <strong>01</strong>17 913 5943<br />
E-mail: tes-ssg-ssmo@dpa.mod.uk<br />
<strong>HFI</strong> Focal Point for<br />
combat system HFrelated<br />
issues.<br />
Implementation of<br />
JSP 430.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-8 Issue 4
Annex 2 – Contact Details<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page A2-9 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 Annex 2_13.doc
ANNEX 3 – REFERENCES<br />
CONTENTS<br />
A3 References................................................................................................................ A3-3<br />
Nov 2006 Page A3-1 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page A3-2 Issue 4
Annex 3 – References<br />
A3<br />
References<br />
Underlined text indicates a short document name or identity used in the body of<br />
the text.<br />
Each reference includes the title together with the identity, issue, date, and<br />
author / publisher. Voids are indicated by a tilde (~). Additional information (eg<br />
web address) may also be provided.<br />
[1] <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>)<br />
Technical <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 11)<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>1, Issue 4, May 2006, Sea<br />
Systems Group / MOD.<br />
(Previously known as STGP 11)<br />
[2] The Acquisition Handbook ~, Edition 6, Oct 2005, MOD.<br />
[3] <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong>: An<br />
Introductory <strong>Guide</strong><br />
~, Version 1.2, 16 Aug 2000, MoD<br />
Corporate Research Package TG5 /<br />
DERA.<br />
[4] The MOD <strong>HFI</strong> Process Handbook Edition 1, Dec 2005, produced by MBDA<br />
Ltd on behalf of MOD <strong>HFI</strong> DTC<br />
[5] <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>) AMS Topic 2561, AMS Build v10.2, Apr<br />
2006, AMS / MOD.<br />
‘http://www.ams.mod.uk/ams/content/top<br />
ics/pages/2561.htm’<br />
(Part of the Acquisition <strong>Management</strong><br />
System [Ref 16])<br />
[6] MOD Ship Safety <strong>Management</strong> JSP 430, Issue 3, 2005, Ship Safety<br />
<strong>Management</strong> Office/ DPA.<br />
Part 1: Policy, Issue 3 Amnt 1, Mar<br />
2005.<br />
Part 2: Policy Guidance, Issue 3 Amnt 1,<br />
Mar 2006.<br />
Part 3: Naval Authority Regulations,<br />
Issue 3, Mar 2005.<br />
Part 4: Audit Manual, Issue 3, Mar 2005.<br />
[7] Naval Manning Manual BR 4<strong>01</strong>7, 1204 edition, Dec 2004, Office<br />
of DNPS / MOD.<br />
[8] The Defence Systems Approach to<br />
Training Quality Standard (DSAT QS)<br />
[9] Defence Training Support Manual<br />
(DTSM) 1: The Analysis, Design and<br />
Development of Training<br />
DGTE/12/02, ~, Mar 2003, DG T&E /<br />
MOD.<br />
Tri-Service replacement for ‘The Royal<br />
Naval Systems Approach to Training<br />
Quality Standard’ (RNSAT QS) [Ref 28].<br />
DTSM1, Final 1.0, May 2004, DG T&E /<br />
MOD.<br />
Nov 2006 Page A3-3 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
[10] Defence Training Support Manual<br />
(DTSM) 2: The Glossary of Defence<br />
Training Terminology<br />
[11] Defence Training Support Manual<br />
(DTSM) 3: Training Needs Analysis<br />
[12] Defence Training Support Manual<br />
(DTSM) 4: The Evaluation of Training<br />
[13] Defence Training Support Manual<br />
(DTSM) 5: Technology Based Training<br />
Delivery Solutions<br />
[14] Defence Training Support Manual<br />
(DTSM) 6: The Audit and Inspection of<br />
Individual Training<br />
DTSM2, ~, Apr 2005, DG T&E / MOD.<br />
DTSM3, Final 1.0, Sep 2004, DG T&E /<br />
MOD.<br />
(replaces JSP 502 [Ref 20]).<br />
DTSM4, Final 1.1, Mar 2005, DG T&E /<br />
MOD.<br />
DTSM5, Final 1.0, Sep 2005, DG T&E /<br />
MOD.<br />
DTSM6, Draft 2.0, Sep 2005, DG T&E /<br />
MOD.<br />
[15] MOD ILS Manual ~, 2006, ILS / MOD.<br />
‘http://www.ams.mod.uk/ams/content/do<br />
cs/ils/ils_web/ilsmgt/ilsmg1.htm’<br />
(Part of the Acquisition <strong>Management</strong><br />
System [Ref 16])<br />
Tri-Service replacement for the Royal<br />
Navy Integrated Logistics Support (ILS)<br />
Manual, Issue 3, 1998, HILS(N).<br />
[16] Acquisition <strong>Management</strong> System (AMS)<br />
website<br />
AMS, Build v10.3, May 2006, AMS /<br />
MOD.<br />
‘http://www.ams.mod.uk/’<br />
[17] <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> (<strong>HFI</strong>):<br />
Practical Guidance for IPTs<br />
[18] Defence Science and Technology<br />
Laboratory (Dstl) website<br />
[19] Procedure for Ship Manning for NATO<br />
Surface Ships<br />
~, Issue 1, May 20<strong>01</strong>, MoD.<br />
~, ~, ~, Dstl/MOD.<br />
‘http://www.dstl.gov.uk/’<br />
ANEP 21, Edition 1, Sep 1991, NATO<br />
MAS.<br />
[20] The Tri-Service <strong>Guide</strong> to Training NeedsJSP 502, ~, July 20<strong>01</strong>, MOD.<br />
Analysis (TNA) for Acquisition Projects (Replaced by DTSM3 [Ref 11]).<br />
[21] Safety <strong>Management</strong> Requirements for<br />
Defence Systems<br />
Def-Stan 00-56, Issue 3, Dec 2004,<br />
MOD.<br />
Part 1: Requirements, Issue 3, Dec<br />
2004.<br />
Part 2: Guidance, Issue 3, Dec 2004.<br />
[22] Maritime System Maturity STG/103/1, Issue 4, Jan 2006,<br />
Complied by STG-SS / TES<br />
[23] Defence Lines of Development JDCC-DLOD-LM, ~, 13 Apr 2005, DG<br />
JDC / MOD<br />
Nov 2006 Page A3-4 Issue 4
Annex 3 – References<br />
[24] The United Kingdom Glossary of Joint<br />
and Multinational Terms and Definitions<br />
UK Joint Warfare Publication (JWP) 0-<br />
<strong>01</strong>.1, 6 th Edition, ~, MOD.<br />
[25] Motivation and Personality Maslow ‘54, First Edition, 1954, Maslow,<br />
A.H / NY: Harper.<br />
Third Edition, 1987, NY: Addison-<br />
Wesley.<br />
[26] Ergonomics Society (ES) website ~, ~, Apr 2006, ES.<br />
‘http://www.ergonomics.org.uk/’<br />
[27] <strong>HFI</strong> Process Risk Assessment (PRA) ~, ~, May 20<strong>01</strong>, Brian Sherwood Jones /<br />
Process Contracting and Jonathan<br />
Earthy / Lloyd’s Register of Shipping.<br />
‘http://www.processforusability.co.uk/<strong>HFI</strong><br />
PRA/<strong>HFI</strong>PRA.html’<br />
[28] The Royal Naval Systems Approach to<br />
Training Quality Standard (RNSAT QS)<br />
BR 8420, Issue 2, 1999, RNSETT /<br />
MOD.<br />
Superseded by ‘The Defence Systems<br />
Approach to Training Quality Standard’<br />
(DSAT QS) [Ref 8].<br />
[29] <strong>Human</strong> <strong>Factors</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> Governing Policy GP 2.15, new at<br />
version 4.0, May 2006, TES-SA-SSE /<br />
MOD.<br />
’http://www.ams.mod.uk/ams/content/do<br />
cs/sse4/content/ksa2/gp215.htm’<br />
(Part of the ‘Support Solutions Envelope’<br />
[Ref 30])<br />
[30] Support Solutions Envelope SSE, version 4.0, May 2006, TES-SA-<br />
SSE / MOD.<br />
’http://www.ams.mod.uk/ams/content/do<br />
cs/sse4/index.htm’<br />
[31] Through Life <strong>Management</strong> - Guidance ~, ~, ~, TLM Team / DPA.<br />
’http://www.ams.mod.uk/ams/content/do<br />
cs/tlmp/tlmpgde.htm’<br />
Nov 2006 Page A3-5 Issue 4
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 – <strong>HFI</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> (STGP 10)<br />
(This page is intentionally left blank)<br />
Nov 2006 Page A3-6 Issue 4<br />
<strong>MAP</strong>-<strong>01</strong>-<strong>01</strong>0 Annex 3_15.doc